WO2016029409A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016029409A1
WO2016029409A1 PCT/CN2014/085443 CN2014085443W WO2016029409A1 WO 2016029409 A1 WO2016029409 A1 WO 2016029409A1 CN 2014085443 W CN2014085443 W CN 2014085443W WO 2016029409 A1 WO2016029409 A1 WO 2016029409A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
cellular network
access device
indication information
value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/085443
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
石小丽
罗海燕
邓天乐
周凯捷
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201480022009.0A priority Critical patent/CN105557017B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2014/085443 priority patent/WO2016029409A1/en
Publication of WO2016029409A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016029409A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16Discovering, processing access restriction or access information

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus. Background technique
  • RAT Radio Access Technology, RAT
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • All or part of the traffic of the User Equipment (UE) in the coverage is diverted to the WLAN network to alleviate the LTE network pressure.
  • the LTE network and the WLAN network here are a cellular network and a non-cellular network, respectively.
  • the UE processes the downlink data according to the WLAN data, and the eNB performs the downlink data according to the WLAN data.
  • the original LTE service flow sent and the offloaded WLAN service flow cannot be seamlessly received, thereby affecting the continuity of the UE receiving service.
  • the UE performs the processing of the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP for processing, and the AP processes the LTE service flow according to the WLAN data, and the original LTE service flow sent by the UE cannot be seamlessly received between the WLAN service flow after the offloading. , thereby affecting the continuous transmission of services, thereby reducing the quality of service transmission.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a data transmission method and device, which are used to solve the problem that the service transmission quality is degraded because the continuity of the service cannot be guaranteed after the user's service is offloaded from one RAT to another. .
  • a data transmission method including:
  • the user equipment UE receives downlink data sent by the non-cellular network wireless access device
  • the UE After determining that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data, the UE processes the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, the first convergence indication sent by a cellular network radio access device by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. information.
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data;
  • the offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link; After the determining, by the UE, that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data, processing the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol, including:
  • the UE After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the UE processes the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol according to a split mode corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
  • the UE receives the non-cellular network wireless access device Before sending the downlink data, it also includes:
  • a data transmission method including:
  • the first aggregation indication information for indicating the data type of the downlink data is determined; the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data. ;
  • the cellular network radio access device sends the first aggregation indication information to the UE.
  • the sending, by the cellular network radio access device, the first aggregation indication information to the UE includes:
  • the cellular network radio access device sends the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data;
  • the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data class in the downlink data. Correspondence of type; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data;
  • the offloading method includes: offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the UE to determine the manner of offloading the cellular network data, and based on the determining The offloading method uses the cellular network protocol to process the downlink data.
  • the cellular The network wireless access device determines the first aggregation indication information after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, and the method includes: the cellular network wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data by using the non-cellular wireless access device Sending the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device, and determining the TID after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular wireless access device for the downlink data.
  • the data type corresponding to the value is cellular data; or,
  • the cellular network radio access device determines that after the non-cellular wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data a convergence indication information, including: the cellular network wireless access device sends the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device when receiving the cellular network data by the non-cellular wireless access device, and receiving After the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular wireless access device for the downlink data, determining that the data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the non-cellular wireless access device and the value of the TID is a cellular network data.
  • the cellular network radio access device Before the first convergence indication information is sent to the UE, the method further includes:
  • the cellular network radio access device receives capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network radio access device has used the cellular network protocol to process downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device.
  • the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network radio access device has used the cellular network protocol to process downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device.
  • a data transmission method including:
  • the non-cellular network radio access device receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE;
  • the uplink data is sent to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data;
  • the offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link;
  • the non-cellular wireless access device After determining that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the non-cellular wireless access device sends the uplink data to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing, including:
  • the non-cellular network radio access device After determining that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the non-cellular network radio access device sets the uplink data according to a split mode corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. Send to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing.
  • the method further includes: after receiving the downlink data that the wireless network access device needs to send to the UE, the non-cellular wireless access device selects a value of the TID for the downlink data, and determines, in the received uplink data, The data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID is cellular data; or
  • the method further includes: the non-cellular network wireless access device receiving the wireless access device of the cellular network After the downlink data needs to be sent to the UE, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the selected TID of the received uplink data is determined to be a cellular type. Network data.
  • the non-cellular network radio access device receives the user Before the uplink data sent by the device UE, the method further includes:
  • the non-cellular network radio access device receives the second convergence indication information sent by the cellular network radio access device.
  • a data transmission method including:
  • the cellular wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data by the non-cellular wireless access device, determining, by the non-cellular wireless access device, the second convergence indication information for indicating the data type of the uplink data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data. ;
  • the cellular network wireless access device transmits the second aggregation indication information to the cellular network wireless access device.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame type in a frame control domain in the MAC header, or a type field in a MAC payload payload; or
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data;
  • the splitting manner includes: splitting from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier domain and the offload mode is used by the non-cellular network radio access device to determine cellular network data.
  • the offload mode is sent to the cellular network radio access device for processing based on the determined offload mode.
  • a fifth aspect provides a data transmission apparatus, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive downlink data that is sent by the non-cellular wireless access device to the user equipment UE;
  • a determining module configured to determine, according to the first convergence indication information used to indicate a data type of the downlink data, a data type of the downlink data received by the receiving module;
  • a processing module configured to process the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol after the determining module determines that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: receive the first aggregation indication information that is sent by a cellular network radio access device by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. .
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data class in the downlink data. Correspondence of type; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data;
  • the offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to:
  • the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the non- Before receiving the downlink data sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network, receiving an aggregation capability query message sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network for querying the capability information of the UE;
  • the device further includes: a sending module, configured to feed back, to the cellular network wireless access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the cellular wireless access device uses the cellular network The ability of the protocol to handle downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
  • a sending module configured to feed back, to the cellular network wireless access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the cellular wireless access device uses the cellular network The ability of the protocol to handle downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
  • a data transmission apparatus including:
  • a determining module configured to determine first convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the downlink data after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data;
  • a sending module configured to send, by the determining module, first aggregation indication information to the
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data;
  • the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data;
  • the offloading method includes: offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the UE to determine the manner of offloading the cellular network data, and based on the determining The offloading method uses the cellular network protocol to process the downlink data.
  • the determining The module is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, send the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device, and receive the non-cellular wireless access device After the value of the TID selected for the downlink data is determined, the data type corresponding to the value of the TID is determined to be cellular network data; or
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Determining, the downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the non-cellular network radio access
  • the data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the device and the value of the TID is cellular data.
  • the sending module is further configured to: before sending the first aggregation indication information to the UE, send, to the UE, a query for querying the UE Aggregation capability query message of capability information;
  • the device further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network wireless access device has used the cellular network protocol to process the non-cellular wireless access device to send The ability to downlink data.
  • a receiving module configured to receive capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network wireless access device has used the cellular network protocol to process the non-cellular wireless access device to send The ability to downlink data.
  • a data transmission apparatus including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment UE
  • a determining module configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, a data type of the uplink data received by the receiving module;
  • a sending module configured to: after the determining module determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data, send the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data;
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data;
  • the offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link;
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the determining module determines that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, sending the uplink data to the cellular network according to the offloading manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data.
  • the wireless access device performs processing.
  • the determining The module is further configured to: after receiving the downlink data that the cellular network radio access device needs to send to the UE, select a value of the TID for the downlink data, and determine a value of the selected TID in the received uplink data.
  • the corresponding data type is cellular data; or,
  • the determining module is further configured to: when receiving the downlink data that the cellular network radio access device needs to send to the UE, if the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the UE identifier and the TID and the data type, Then, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: Before the uplink data sent by the UE, the second aggregation indication information sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network is received.
  • a data transmission apparatus including:
  • a determining module configured to determine second convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the uplink data after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data;
  • a sending module configured to send the second aggregation indication information determined by the determining module to the cellular network wireless access device.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data;
  • the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data;
  • the splitting manner includes: splitting from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier domain and the offload mode is used by the non-cellular network radio access device to determine cellular network data.
  • the offload mode is sent to the cellular network radio access device for processing based on the determined offload mode.
  • a ninth aspect provides a data transmission apparatus, including:
  • a receiver configured to receive downlink data that is sent by the non-cellular wireless access device to the user equipment UE;
  • a processor configured to determine, according to the first aggregation indication information used to indicate a data type of the downlink data, a data type of the downlink data received by the receiver; after determining that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data
  • the downlink data is processed using a cellular network protocol.
  • the receiver is further configured to: receive, by the cellular network radio access device, the first aggregation indication information that is sent by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. .
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of a BSSID and an identifier field in a downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data;
  • the offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link;
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a non- Before receiving the downlink data sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network, receiving an aggregation capability query message sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network for querying the capability information of the UE;
  • the device further includes: a transmitter, configured to feed back, to the cellular network wireless access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the cellular network wireless access device has a cellular network The ability of the protocol to handle downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
  • a data transmission apparatus including:
  • a processor configured to determine first convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the downlink data after the non-cellular network wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data;
  • a transmitter configured to send, by the processor, first aggregation indication information to the UE.
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or, The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the traffic distribution mode in the downlink data;
  • the offloading method includes: offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the UE to determine the manner of offloading the cellular network data, and based on the determining The offloading method uses the cellular network protocol to process the downlink data.
  • the processing The device is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, send the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device, and receive the non-cellular wireless access device After the value of the TID selected for the downlink data is determined, the data type corresponding to the value of the TID is determined to be cellular network data; or
  • the processor is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Determining, the downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the non-cellular network radio access
  • the data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the device and the value of the TID is cellular data.
  • the transmitter is further configured to: Before the first aggregation indication information is sent to the UE, sending, by the UE, an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE;
  • the device further includes: a receiver, configured to receive capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability The information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular wireless access device has the capability to process downlink data transmitted by the non-cellular wireless access device using the cellular network protocol.
  • a data transmission apparatus including:
  • a receiver configured to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment UE
  • a processor configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate a data type of the uplink data, a data type of the uplink data received by the receiver;
  • a transmitter configured to send the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing after the processor determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data;
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data;
  • the offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer;
  • the transmitter is specifically used to:
  • the uplink data is sent to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing according to the split mode corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data.
  • the processor is further configured to: receive the number of downlinks that need to be sent to the UE after receiving the wireless access device of the cellular network And determining, according to the downlink data, a value of the TID, and determining, in the received uplink data, that the data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID is cellular network data; or
  • the processor is further configured to: receive downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE by the wireless access device of the cellular network. Then, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
  • the receiver is further configured to: Before receiving the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE, receiving the second convergence indication information sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network.
  • a data transmission apparatus including:
  • a processor configured to determine second convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the uplink data after the non-cellular network wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data;
  • a transmitter configured to send the second convergence indication information determined by the processor to the cellular network wireless access device.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data;
  • the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second convergence indication information further includes: corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data and the offload mode
  • the splitting manner includes: offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier domain and the offload mode is used for determining by the non-cellular network radio access device The method for distributing the data of the cellular network, and transmitting the uplink data to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing according to the determined manner of using the splitting.
  • the UE may process the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol when receiving downlink data of a cellular data type transmitted by the non-cellular wireless access device.
  • the non-cellular wireless access device may send the uplink data of the cellular network data type sent by the UE to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing, thereby implementing convergence between different wireless access technologies RAT. It ensures the continuous transmission of services and improves the quality of service transmission.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system in which SRC and e B are the same node according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention
  • FIG. 2(b) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which SRC and eB are different nodes according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in the first embodiment
  • Figure 7 (a) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are the same node in the second embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7(b) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are different nodes according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Embodiment 8 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in Embodiment 2.
  • 10 is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 2;
  • 11( a ) is a schematic structural diagram of a network system in which an SRC and an eNB are the same node in Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
  • 11(b) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are different nodes according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another network system according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • 25(a) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are the same node in the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 25(b) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are different nodes according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention
  • 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention. detailed description
  • the technical solutions described in the embodiments of the present invention can be used in various communication systems, such as the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) related to the 3GPP protocol, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access. (TDMA, Time Division Multiple Access), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Addressing (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) Division Multiple Access), Single-Carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE), and Non-3GPP Protocol-related WLAN (Wireless Local) Area Networks, WLAN).
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Addressing
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-Carrier FDMA
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • WLAN Non-3
  • the WLAN AP in the embodiment of the present invention has two network architectures: an autonomous management architecture and a centralized management architecture.
  • the autonomous management architecture is also called the "fat" AP architecture.
  • the WLAN AP is responsible for user equipment access, user equipment disconnection, rights authentication, security policy enforcement, data forwarding, data encryption, network management, etc., and autonomous control of WLAN AP configuration and wireless.
  • Centralized management architecture is also known as "thin" AP Architecture, management rights are generally concentrated on the wireless controller (Access Controller, AC).
  • the AC manages the Internet Protocol (Internet Protocol, IP) address, authentication, and encryption of the user equipment.
  • the WLAN AP only has encryption, data forwarding, and radio frequency functions, and cannot work independently.
  • the control between the WLAN AP and the AC is controlled by the Control and Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP) protocol.
  • the foregoing WLAN AP may be integrated with the base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention mainly relates to the data forwarding function of the WLAN AP, the two network architectures of the foregoing WLAN AP can be applied.
  • the following related illustrations take the "fat,” AP architecture as an example, but in actual implementation, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this architecture.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the basic idea of the embodiment of the present invention is: for the downlink data transmission, after receiving the downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device, the UE determines, according to the first convergence indication information, whether the data type of the downlink data is cellular data or not.
  • the cellular data if it is cellular data, processes the downlink data using a cellular network protocol.
  • the non-cellular network radio access device determines, according to the second convergence indication information, whether the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data or non-cellular network data, if it is cellular network data.
  • the UE may process the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol when receiving downlink data of a cellular network data type (ie, data originating from a cellular network) sent by the non-cellular wireless access device.
  • the non-cellular wireless access device may send the uplink data of the cellular network data type (ie, the cellular network protocol layer from the UE) sent by the UE to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing, thereby implementing different
  • the convergence between the wireless access technologies AT ensures the continuous transmission of services and improves the quality of service transmission.
  • the wireless access device of the cellular network is a wireless access device that complies with a cellular network protocol (such as the 3GPP protocol), such as an eNB in an LTE network, and the wireless access device of the non-cellular network is not A wireless access device that complies with the cellular network protocol, such as an AP in a WLAN.
  • a cellular network protocol such as the 3GPP protocol
  • the wireless access device of the non-cellular network is not A wireless access device that complies with the cellular network protocol, such as an AP in a WLAN.
  • the uplink data or the downlink data may be a protocol data unit (PDU) of a protocol layer in the air interface protocol stack of the wireless cellular network, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the non-cellular network radio access device is an AP in a WLAN network (or WIFI network)
  • the cellular network radio access device is an eNB in the LTE network, and the present invention is described in detail through several embodiments. .
  • the AP supports the transmission of the LTE data.
  • the integrated radio network controller (SRC) for controlling the AP and the eNB may also be included. It can be the same node as the eNB (Fig. 2 (a)), or it can be a different node (Fig. 2 (b)). If the SRC and the eNB are not the same node, the first and second aggregation indication information in the first embodiment of the present invention may be determined by the SRC and sent to the eNB; the SRC may use the X2 interface to the first and second convergence indication information.
  • the eNB is instructed to send the first aggregation indication information to the UE, and the second aggregation indication information is sent to the AP.
  • the first and second aggregation indication information in the first embodiment of the present invention may also be directly determined by e B and delivered, and the following is introduced in a manner determined and delivered by the eNB.
  • the basic idea of the first embodiment is to directly indicate, by using the first aggregation indication information, that the UE processes the downlink data from the LTE network sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol layer, and instructs the AP to send the UE to the LTE from the UE by using the second convergence indication information.
  • the uplink data of the protocol layer is sent to the eNB for processing.
  • a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • the eNB sends an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE.
  • different UEs may have different processing capabilities for the downlink data sent by the AP, including: only the capability of LTE offload aggregation is supported (that is, only the capability of using the LTE protocol to process downlink data sent by the AP is supported), The ability to support WLAN (or WIFI) service processing (that is, the ability to transmit downlink data sent by the AP as WLAN data to the UE operating system for processing), and to support LTE offload aggregation and WIFI service processing, and Support LTE The ability to handle streaming aggregation and WIFI service processing.
  • the aggregation capability for querying the aggregation capability of the UE in the embodiment of the present invention may be sent by using an existing message, such as a UE Capability Enquiry or a UE Information Request message. Query the message.
  • the UE After receiving the aggregation capability query message sent by the eNB, the UE feeds back the capability information of the UE to the eNB, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink data sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol.
  • the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink data sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol.
  • the UE has the LTE offload aggregation capability, that is, the UE can only support the LTE offload aggregation capability, and can also support the LTE offload aggregation and the WIFI service processing capability, and can also support the LTE offload aggregation and the WIFI service processing in a time-sharing manner.
  • the LTE offload aggregation capability that is, the UE can only support the LTE offload aggregation capability, and can also support the LTE offload aggregation and the WIFI service processing capability, and can also support the LTE offload aggregation and the WIFI service processing in a time-sharing manner.
  • the eNB may also have the capability of supporting LTE offload aggregation by default. In this case, the eNB does not need to send an aggregation capability query message to the UE, thereby reducing the foregoing steps S301 and S302.
  • the eNB After receiving the capability information fed back by the UE, the eNB determines first convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the downlink data.
  • the data type of the downlink data that the AP sends to the UE may be LTE data (that is, the offload data from the LTE network), or may be WLA data (that is, data originating from the WLAN network), therefore, the first aggregation needs to be adopted.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the UE to determine the data type of the received downlink data. For example, 0 and 1 are used for the aggregation indication, where 0 indicates that the data type is LTE data, that is, the UE needs to use the LTE protocol to process the received downlink data, and more specifically, requires the UE's WIFI module (using the WIFI protocol to process the WIFI data).
  • the module aggregates the downlink data sent by the received AP to the corresponding protocol layer of the LTE module (the module that processes the LTE data by using the LTE protocol); 1 indicates that the data type is WLAN data, that is, the downlink that the UE needs to send the AP.
  • the data is processed directly as WLAN data.
  • the eNB sends the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a Radio Resource Control (RRC) reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the RRC reconfiguration message may specifically be an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRC). Connection Reconfiguration).
  • RRC RRC connection reconfiguration
  • S305 The eNB offloads the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
  • the eNB may offload downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE from the PDCP or RLC layer to the WIFI network.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • FIG. 4 it is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in the first embodiment.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • media connection The protocol layer of Media Access Control (MAC), and Physical Layer (PHY); Wireless Fidelity (WIFI) network (also known as WLAN network) mainly includes two protocol layers: MAC and PHY.
  • the eNB offloads data from the RLC layer to the WIFI AP protocol layer, and the AP sends the offloaded data to the WIFI AP protocol layer of the UE.
  • a shunting manner when cooperative transmission is performed may be pre-defined.
  • the shunting manner includes offloading from the PDCP layer and offloading from the RLC layer.
  • the eNB and the UE can support multiple types of offloading, the eNB may pass the identifier field in the sent downlink data (such as the traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or the frame control domain in the MAC header)
  • the value of the frame type in the MAC payload, or the type field in the payload of the payload is used to identify the specific traffic distribution mode. For details, refer to the description of the third embodiment.
  • the UE determines, according to the first aggregation indication information that is used to indicate the data type of the downlink data, the data type of the downlink data that is sent by the AP. After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the LTE data, the downlink is processed by using the LTE protocol. data.
  • the UE aggregates the received downlink data from the MAC protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE to the RLC protocol layer of the LTE module for processing according to the indication of the first aggregation indication information.
  • a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • the eNB After the eNB needs to transmit the LTE data, the eNB determines the data used to indicate the uplink data. a second convergence indication information of the type;
  • the eNB may determine that the WLAN network is used to assist in transmitting the LTE data, and the data type of the uplink data that the UE sends to the AP may be LTE offload data (ie, LTE service data from the UE), It may be WLAN data (ie, WLAN service data of the UE). Therefore, the second aggregation indication information needs to be used to instruct the AP to determine the data type of the received uplink data.
  • LTE offload data ie, LTE service data from the UE
  • WLAN data ie, WLAN service data of the UE. Therefore, the second aggregation indication information needs to be used to instruct the AP to determine the data type of the received uplink data.
  • 0, 1 is used for the aggregation indication, where 0 indicates that the data type is LTE data, that is, the AP needs to send the received uplink data to the evolved base station eNB for processing, and 1 indicates that the data type is WLAN data, that is, the required The AP sends the received uplink data directly to the Internet.
  • the eNB sends the second aggregation indication information to the AP by using an interface between the AP and the eNB.
  • the interface between the AP and the eNB may be a newly defined z interface (interface-z).
  • S503 The UE offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP.
  • FIG. 6 it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in the first embodiment.
  • the UE offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB from the RLC layer in the protocol layer of the LTE module of the UE to the MAC layer in the protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE, and then sends the protocol layer from the WIFI module of the UE to the protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE.
  • AP the protocol layer from the WIFI module of the UE to the protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE.
  • the UE may pass the identifier field in the uplink data in the sent uplink data (such as the traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or the MAC header).
  • the value of the frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the payload of the MAC payload, is used to identify the specific traffic distribution mode. For details, refer to the description of the third embodiment.
  • the AP determines, according to the second aggregation indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, the data type of the uplink data sent by the UE, and after determining that the data type of the uplink data is LTE data, sending the uplink data to the The evolved base station eNB performs processing.
  • the AP after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE, the AP aggregates the uplink data to the RLC protocol layer of the LTE eNB for processing according to the second aggregation indication information.
  • the UE can directly process the downlink data as LTE data, and process the downlink data by using the LTE protocol, that is, the downlink data sent by the AP is aggregated from the protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE. The processing is performed to the protocol layer of the UE's LTE module.
  • the AP directly sends the uplink data as LTE data to the corresponding protocol layer of the e B for processing.
  • the AP is co-located or not co-located with the eNB, and the AP supports both the LTE data for facilitating transmission of the offload and the WLAN data for separate transmission.
  • the UE served by the eNB performs LTE offload aggregation (that is, the UE WIFI module transmits the downlink data received from the AP to the protocol layer of the UE LTE module for processing, or the UE LTE module distributes the LTE data to the WIFI module for transmission),
  • the SRC may be the same node (FIG.
  • the first and second aggregation indication information in the second embodiment of the present invention may be determined by the SRC and sent to the eNB, and then the first aggregation indication information is sent to the UE by the eNB.
  • the second aggregation indication information is sent to the AP.
  • the first and second aggregation indication information in the first embodiment of the present invention may also be directly determined by the eNB and delivered. The following describes the manner in which the eNB determines and delivers.
  • the basic idea of the second embodiment is that the eNB sends the corresponding relationship between the UE identifier and the data type in the second aggregation indication information to notify the AP, and the AP determines the uplink data according to the corresponding relationship and the UE identifier of the UE that currently sends the uplink data.
  • the data type is processed accordingly based on the determined data type.
  • the downlink data transmission is introduced.
  • FIG. 8 it is a schematic diagram of the downlink data offloading in the second embodiment.
  • the WIFI module of the UE directly delivers the downlink data to the UE operating system for processing.
  • the UE that is currently only performing LTE offload aggregation (such as UE1 in FIG. 8)
  • the first aggregation type of the LTE data is received.
  • the downlink data is processed by using the LTE protocol, which is not detailed in the second embodiment.
  • the following describes the method for transmitting the uplink data in the second embodiment. The implementation steps are not repeated here.
  • the flowchart of the uplink data transmission method in the second embodiment of the present invention includes: S901: After determining that the AP transmits the LTE data, the eNB determines second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the data type of the uplink data sent by the different UEs to the AP in the second embodiment is different. Therefore, the data types corresponding to the different UE identifiers may be indicated in the second aggregation indication information.
  • the UE1 corresponds to the aggregation indication 0, 0, and the data type is LTE data (that is, the AP is instructed to send the uplink data sent by the UE1 to the eNB), and the UE2 corresponds to the convergence indication 1, and the identifier data type is WLAN data (indicating that the AP sends the UE2).
  • the uplink data is sent directly to the Internet).
  • the UE identifier in the second embodiment may be a MAC address of the UE or a temporary identifier of the cell (such as a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI).
  • the eNB sends the second aggregation indication information to the AP by using an interface between the AP and the eNB.
  • S903 The UE1 offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP transmission.
  • FIG. 10 it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in the second embodiment.
  • the uplink data of the LTE that needs to be sent to the eNB is offloaded from the protocol layer of the LTE module to the protocol layer of the WIFI module.
  • the AP sends the data to the eNB, and the WIFI module of the UE2 sends the uplink data of the WLA to the UE.
  • AP directly hands the data to the internet for processing.
  • the UE1 can pass the identification domain in the sent uplink data (such as the traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or the MAC header).
  • the value of the frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the payload of the MAC payload, is used to identify the specific traffic distribution mode. For details, refer to the description of the third embodiment.
  • the AP determines, according to the second aggregation indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, and the UE identifier of the UE1, the data type of the uplink data sent by the UE1, where the determining is performed.
  • the uplink data is sent to the evolved base station eNB for processing.
  • the AP aggregates the uplink data sent by the UE1 to the protocol layer of the LTE eNB according to the convergence indication corresponding to the different UE identifiers in the second aggregation indication information, and directly sends the uplink data sent by the UE2 to the Internet.
  • FIG. 11( a ) and FIG. 11( b ) are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a network system according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • the AP supports both the transmission of LTE data and the transmission of only WLAN data.
  • the UE covered by the AP may perform the LTE offload aggregation and the WIFI service transmission at the same time or in a time-sharing manner.
  • the SRC and the eNB may also be included, where the SRC and the eNB may be The same node ( Figure 11)) can also be a different node ( Figure 11 (b)).
  • the corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the third embodiment of the present invention may be determined by the SRC and sent to the eNB, and then the eNB separately sends the corresponding relationship to the UE and the AP.
  • the corresponding relationship can also be determined and delivered directly by the eNB. In addition to this, the correspondence may also be pre-agreed by the agreement.
  • the identifier field in the third embodiment is the traffic identifier TID
  • the value of the TID corresponding to the eNB may also be indicated by the AP. Specific instructions will be given below.
  • the basic idea of the third embodiment is to identify the data type by transmitting an identifier field in the data, and the correspondence between the identifier field and the type can be indicated by the first aggregation indication information and the second convergence indication information.
  • a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • the eNB sends an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE.
  • S1202 After receiving the aggregation capability query message sent by the eNB, the UE feeds back the capability information of the UE to the eNB, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink data sent by the AP using the LTE protocol.
  • S1203 The e B downlinks the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
  • FIG. 13 it is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in the third embodiment.
  • the eNB and the AP respectively send downlink data to the UE, and the eNB diverts the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP from the RLC layer, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
  • the eNB can support multiple types of traffic distribution, the eNB can carry the identifier domain corresponding to the traffic distribution mode in the downlink data to the AP according to the mapping between the traffic distribution mode and the identifier domain in the first aggregation indication information. See the description of the steps below for the embodiment of the identification field.
  • the UE determines, according to the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, and the value of the identifier field in the received downlink data, the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP; determining the data type of the downlink data.
  • the downlink data is processed by using an LTE protocol;
  • the identifier field is a traffic identifier (TID), or a MAC in a quality of service control domain in a Media Access Control (MAC) header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • the eNB will take the value of the identifier field in the downlink data sent to the UE as the value of the identifier data type as LTE data.
  • the identification domain can have the following forms:
  • the identification field is the TID in the 802.11 frame.
  • the TID is located in the Qos control field in the MAC header.
  • the TID6 can be used to identify the data type as LTE data, that is, the UE needs to use the LTE protocol to process the downlink data sent by the AP.
  • the TID7 can be used to identify the data type as WLAN data, that is, the UE can directly send the downlink data sent by the AP. Processed as WIFI data.
  • the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB.
  • the eNB sends the correspondence to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the mapping between the value of the TID and the data type may also be determined by the AP, and the AP may notify the eNB through an interface between the AP and the eNB, such as a z interface (interface-z).
  • the AP selects a TID value (which can be randomly selected) for the downlink data from the existing TID value, and sets the interface through the z interface (interface-z setup).
  • a signaling message such as an interface-z reset is sent to the eNB, and the eNB determines that the data type corresponding to the value of the TID sent by the AP is LTE data, and indicates to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the AP may also notify the eNB of the value of the TID used when transmitting downlink data to the UE.
  • the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may be pre-configured by the protocol, and the AP and the UE perform data aggregation according to the corresponding relationship pre-configured by the protocol.
  • the TID can be used to identify a specific traffic distribution mode.
  • the traffic distribution mode can be implemented by offloading from the PDCP layer and offloading from the RLC layer.
  • TID5 and TID6 can be used to identify that the data type is LTE data, and the TID5 can specifically identify the PDCP layer offload from the eNB, and the TID6 specifically identifies the RLC layer offload from the eNB.
  • the identifier i is a frame type in a frame control field or a frame control field; here, the frame type in the frame control domain is divided into three types: control, data, and management. There is also a reserved bit (Reserved, typell) that can be used to indicate the data type.
  • the correspondence between the frame type and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB.
  • the eNB sends the correspondence to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. It can also be pre-configured by the protocol.
  • the reserved type of the frame type has a seed type (subtype) of 0000-1111.
  • the subtype value can be used to identify the offloading mode.
  • the subtypeOOOO can be used to identify the PDCP layer from the eNB, and the subtypellll is used to identify the subtype.
  • the RLC layer of the eNB is offloaded.
  • the identifier field is a type field (or a type protocol number) in the MAC payload.
  • the PDCP or the RLC may be added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload, and the data type corresponding to the downlink data is used to identify the LTE data. . If the eNB supports multiple types of traffic distribution, you can add both PDCP and RLC in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. If only one type of traffic distribution is supported, only PDCP or RLC is added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload.
  • the specific meaning of the type field in the MAC payload may be known to the eNB, the AP, and the UE, for example, in the protocol. Pre-specified.
  • the WIFI module of the UE determines the data type identified by the identifier field in the downlink data. After determining that the data type is WLAN data, the downlink data is directly used as the WLAN. The data is processed, that is, it is processed by the operating system of the UE. After the data type is determined to be LTE data, the LTE module is handed over to the UE, and the downlink data is processed by using the LTE protocol.
  • a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • S1401 The UE offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP for transmission.
  • FIG. 15 it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in the third embodiment.
  • the UE sends the uplink data to the AP and the eNB respectively, where the uplink data sent to the eNB is offloaded from the LTE module of the UE to the WIFI module of the UE and then transmitted to the AP, and then sent by the AP to the eNB.
  • the UE and the eNB support multiple types of traffic distribution, the UE may use the corresponding mapping relationship between the traffic distribution mode indicated by the first aggregation indication information and the identification domain in the uplink data, and the identifier domain corresponding to the adopted traffic distribution mode.
  • the bearer is sent to the AP in the uplink data. See the description of the steps below for the embodiment of the identification field.
  • the AP determines the data type of the uplink data according to the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data, and the value of the identifier field in the uplink data sent by the UE, and determines that the data type of the uplink data is After the LTE data, the uplink data is sent to the eNB for processing.
  • the identification field is a TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame type in a frame control domain in the MAC header, or a type field in the MAC payload.
  • the value of the identifier field in the uplink data sent by the UE to the AP is a value indicating that the data type is LTE data.
  • the identification domain can have the following forms:
  • the identification field is the TID in the 802.11 frame.
  • the TID is located in the Qos control field in the MAC header.
  • the TID6 can be used to identify the data type as LTE data, that is, the AP needs to send the uplink data sent by the UE to the eNB for processing;
  • the TID7 can be used to identify the data type as WLAN data, that is, the AP can send the uplink sent by the UE.
  • Data is sent directly to the internet as WLAN data
  • the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may be determined and sent by the e B.
  • the eNB sends the correspondence to the AP by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may also be determined by the AP and notified to the eNB. Specifically, after receiving the downlink data sent by the eNB to the UE, the AP selects a TID value (which may be randomly selected) from the existing TID value for the downlink data, and sends the TID to the eNB, and the AP determines the selected TID.
  • the data type of the uplink data sent by the UE corresponding to the value is also an eNB.
  • the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may be pre-configured by the protocol, and the AP and the UE perform data aggregation according to the pre-configured correspondence relationship of the protocol.
  • the TID can be used to identify a specific traffic distribution mode.
  • the traffic distribution mode can be implemented by offloading from the PDCP layer and offloading from the RLC layer.
  • TID5 and TID6 can be used to identify that the data type is LTE data, and the TID5 can specifically identify the PDCP layer of the UE, and the TID6 specifically identifies the RLC layer of the UE.
  • the identification field is a frame type in a frame control field; here, the frame type in the frame control domain is in addition to control, data (data) and management (management), and A reserved bit (Reserved, typell) that can be used to indicate the data type.
  • the correspondence between the frame type and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB.
  • the eNB sends the correspondence to the AP through an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. It can also be pre-configured by the protocol.
  • the reserved bit typell of the frame type has 16 seed types (subtypes) of 0000-1111. Different subtype values can be used to identify the offloading mode. For example, the subtypeOOOO identifier can be used to offload from the PDCP layer of the UE, and the subtypellll is used to identify the slave UE.
  • the RLC layer is shunted.
  • the identifier field is a type field (or a type protocol number) in the MAC payload.
  • the PDCP or the RLC may be added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload, and the data type corresponding to the uplink data is used to identify the LTE data. . If the eNB supports multiple types of traffic distribution, you can add both PDCP and RLC in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. If only one type of traffic distribution is supported, only PDCP or RLC is added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload.
  • the specific meaning of the type field in the MAC payload may be known to the eNB, the AP, and the UE, for example, in the protocol. Pre-specified.
  • the AP determines the data type identified by the identifier field in the uplink data. After determining that the data type is WLAN data, the AP directly sends the uplink data to the internet. After determining that the data type is LTE data, the uplink data is sent to the eNB for processing.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another network system according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. Based on the identification method of the third embodiment, not only the cooperation between the cellular network and the non-cellular network but also the cooperation between different cellular networks and the cooperation between the plurality of cellular networks and the non-cellular network can be realized.
  • FIG. 16 relates to an eNB in LTE and a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), two types of cellular radio access devices, an AP and an eNB, and an NB co-station, and the AP supports It assists in the transmission of LTE data and also assists in the transmission of UMTS network data.
  • different cellular networks can be distinguished by the identification domain in the transmission data, and the specific implementation is similar to the process of distinguishing the data type and the traffic distribution manner by the identification domain, which will not be described in detail herein.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • the AP' and the AP both cover the UE, the AP supports the transmission of the LTE data, and the AP' supports the transmission of the WLAN data.
  • the UE can perform LTE offload aggregation and WLAN data transmission simultaneously or in a time-sharing manner.
  • the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP and the AP to the UE is different.
  • the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP to the UE is the WLAN data itself, and the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP to the UE is LTE data.
  • the basic idea of the fourth embodiment is to identify the data type of the downlink data sent to the UE by using the basic service set identifier (BSSID) of the AP.
  • BSSID basic service set identifier
  • FIG. 18 it is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method provided by Embodiment 4 of the present invention, including The following steps:
  • the eNB sends an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE.
  • the UE After receiving the aggregation capability query message sent by the eNB, the UE feeds back the capability information of the UE to the eNB, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink data sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol.
  • the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink data sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol.
  • the eNB After receiving the capability information fed back by the UE, the eNB determines a correspondence between the BSSID and the data type in the downlink data.
  • the eNB sends the correspondence between the BSSID and the data type in the downlink data to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • S1805 The eNB offloads the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
  • FIG. 19 it is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in the fourth embodiment.
  • the eNB offloads data from the RLC layer to the WIFI protocol layer of the AP, and the AP sends the offloaded data to the WIFI protocol layer of the UE.
  • the AP's covered with the AP sends the WIFI network data to the WIFI protocol layer of the UE.
  • the UE determines the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP according to the correspondence between the BSSID and the data type in the downlink data and the BSSID of the AP that sends the downlink data. After determining that the data type of the downlink data is LTE data, the LTE protocol is used. The layer processes the downlink data.
  • the UE determines, according to the correspondence between the BSSID and the data type, that the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP is LTE data, and the downlink data sent by the AP is aggregated from the protocol layer of the UE WIFI module to the protocol of the UE LTE module.
  • the layer performs processing to determine that the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP' is WLAN data, and then the downlink data sent by the AP' is handed over to the UE operating system for processing.
  • FIG. 20 it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 4.
  • the UE sends the uplink data generated by the WLAN protocol layer to the AP′, and the AP′ directly sends the uplink data to the uplink UE to generate the uplink data from the LTE protocol layer.
  • the AP converges the received uplink data to the LTE protocol layer of e B.
  • the AP can default to the uplink after receiving the uplink data.
  • the data type of the data is LTE data
  • the uplink data is sent to the eNB.
  • the AP may also determine the data type of the received uplink data according to the second aggregation indication information sent by the eNB according to the uplink data transmission method in the first embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • the AP' and the AP both cover the UE.
  • the AP supports both the transmission of LTE data and the transmission of WLAN data separately.
  • the AP' supports separate transmission of WLAN data.
  • the UE can perform LTE offload aggregation and WL AN data transmission simultaneously or in a time-sharing manner.
  • the basic idea of the fifth embodiment is to identify the data type by using a combination of the identifier field and the BSSID in the downlink data, and the correspondence between the combination of the identifier field and the BSSID and the data type can be indicated by the first aggregation indication information.
  • a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • S2201 The eNB sends an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE.
  • S2202 After receiving the aggregation capability query message sent by the eNB, the UE feeds back the capability information of the UE to the eNB, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink that is sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol layer. The ability of data.
  • S2203 The eNB offloads the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
  • FIG. 23 it is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in Embodiment 5.
  • the eNB, the AP, and the AP' respectively send downlink data to the UE, and the eNB diverts the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP from the RLC layer, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
  • the UE determines the AP according to the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the BSSID and the data type in the downlink data, and the value of the identifier field in the received downlink data and the BSSID of the AP.
  • the data type of the sent downlink data after determining that the data type of the downlink data is LTE data, processing the downlink data by using an LTE protocol; the identifier field is a TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a MAC header
  • the WIFI module of the UE first determines whether the AP supports the LTE data transmission according to the BSSID of the AP, and determines the downlink data after determining that the AP supports the LTE data transmission. Whether the value of the identifier field corresponds to the LTE data, that is, whether the downlink data sent by the AP is derived from the eNB, and determining the data type identified by the value of the identifier field in the downlink data sent by the AP is LTE data.
  • the downlink data is aggregated to a protocol layer of the LTE module of the UE for processing.
  • the WIFI module of the UE determines that the AP supports the LTE data according to the BSSID, but the data type identified by the identifier field in the downlink data sent by the AP is WLAN data. Then, the downlink data is processed as WLAN data, that is, directly delivered to the UE operating system for processing.
  • the UE determines, according to the BS SID, that the AP does not support the transmission of the LTE data, and directly processes the downlink data sent by the AP as the WLAN data, that is, directly, the UE performs the operation on the UE operating system. deal with.
  • the identification domain can have the following forms:
  • the identification field is the TID in the 802.11 frame.
  • the TID is located in the Qos control field in the MAC header.
  • the combined identification data type of the BSSID and the TID6 of the AP (hereinafter referred to as the coordinated AP) that supports the LTE data transmission may be LTE data, that is, the UE needs to aggregate the downlink data from the eNB sent by the AP to the LTE protocol.
  • the layer is processed.
  • the correspondence between the combination of the value of the TID and the BSSID of the coordinated AP and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB.
  • the eNB sends the correspondence to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the correspondence between the combination of the value of the TID and the BSSID of the coordinated AP and the data type may also be determined by the AP, and the AP may notify the eNB through an interface between the AP and the eNB, such as a z interface (interface-z). .
  • the AP selects a TID value (which can be randomly selected) from the existing TID value for the downlink data, and sets the interface through z interface (interface-z setup), z Interface reset
  • the signaling message is sent to the eNB, and the eNB determines that the value of the TID sent by the AP and the data type corresponding to the BSSID of the AP are LTE data, and indicates to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the correspondence between the combination of the value of the TID and the BSSID of the coordinated AP and the data type may be pre-configured by the protocol, and the AP and the UE perform data aggregation according to the correspondence pre-configured by the protocol.
  • the TID can also be used to identify a specific traffic distribution mode.
  • the traffic distribution mode can include a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and a radio link control (Radio Link Control). , RLC) layer shunt.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • the combination of the TID5 and the BSSID of the coordinated AP, or the combination of the TID6 and the BSSID of the coordinated AP can be used to identify that the data type is LTE data, and the combination of the TID5 and the BSSID of the coordinated AP can specifically identify the PDCP layer offload from the eNB.
  • the combination of the TID6 and the BSSID of the coordinated AP specifically identifies the offload from the RLC layer of the eNB.
  • the identification field is a frame type in the frame control domain; here, the frame type in the frame control domain has one reserved bit in addition to control, data (data) and management (management). Reserved, typell ), this reserved bit can be used to indicate the data type.
  • the correspondence between the frame type and the BSSID of the AP that supports the LTE data transmission and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB.
  • the eNB sends the message to the UE through an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • Correspondence relationship It can also be pre-configured by the protocol.
  • the reserved type of the frame type has a seed type (subtype) of 0000-1111.
  • the subtype value can be used to identify the offload mode.
  • the subtypeOOOO can be used to identify the PDCP layer offload from the eNB, and the subtypellll is used to identify the slave eNB.
  • the RLC layer is shunted.
  • the identifier field is a type field (or a type protocol number) in the MAC payload.
  • the PDCP or the RLC may be added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload, and the data type corresponding to the downlink data is used to identify the LTE data. . If the eNB supports multiple types of traffic distribution, you can add both PDCP and RLC in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. If only one type of traffic distribution is supported, only PDCP or RLC is added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload.
  • the specific meaning of the type field in the MAC payload may be known to the eNB, the AP, and the UE, for example, in the protocol. Pre-specified.
  • the UE aggregates the downlink data from the eNB sent by the AP to the LTE protocol layer for processing, and processes the downlink data sent by the AP and the AP' from the AP and the AP' itself as WLAN data.
  • FIG. 24 it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 5.
  • the UE sends the uplink data generated by the WIFI protocol layer to the AP or the ⁇ ', and the AP or the AP' directly sends the uplink data to the internet UE to offload the uplink data generated by the LTE protocol layer to the AP, and the AP will
  • the received uplink data is aggregated to the LTE protocol layer of the eNB.
  • the AP may determine the received uplink according to the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data, and the value of the identifier field in the received uplink data.
  • the uplink data transmission method in Embodiment 3 refer to the uplink data transmission method in Embodiment 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the AP supports both the transmission of LTE data and the transmission of WLAN data separately.
  • Some UEs covered by the AP perform WLAN data transmission (such as UE1), and some may perform LTE offload aggregation and WLAN data transmission (such as UE2) at the same time or in time.
  • the SRC may also be included, and the SRC and the eNB may be the same node (Fig. 25 (a)), or may be different nodes (Fig. 25(b)). If the SRC and the eNB are different nodes, the SRC and the eNB can exchange information through the X2 port.
  • the basic idea of the sixth embodiment is to identify the data type by using the combination of the value of the identifier field and the identifier of the UE in the uplink data.
  • the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type can pass the second convergence indication information. To indicate.
  • the downlink data transmission is introduced.
  • FIG. 26 it is a schematic diagram of the downlink data offloading in the sixth embodiment.
  • the UE that currently only performs WIFI service transmission (such as UE2 in FIG. 26)
  • the UE's WIFI After receiving the downlink data sent by the AP, the module directly processes it as WLAN data, that is, directly passes it to the UE operating system for processing.
  • the UE that performs the LTE offload aggregation and the WLAN data transmission at the same time or in the same time as shown in the foregoing Embodiment 3, according to the corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, The value of the identifier field carried in the downlink data sent by the AP is determined, and the data type of the downlink data is determined. After determining that the data type of the downlink data is WLAN data, the data is processed as WLAN data, that is, directly delivered to the UE. The system performs processing. After determining that the data type is LTE data, the WIFI module of the UE aggregates the received downlink data to the protocol layer of the LTE module of the UE for processing, which is not detailed in the sixth embodiment.
  • a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention includes the following steps:
  • S2701 The UE offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP.
  • FIG. 28 it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 6.
  • UE1 sends WLAN data and LTE data to the AP respectively;
  • UE2 sends WLAN data to the AP.
  • the AP determines the data type of the uplink data according to the mapping between the value of the identifier field in the uplink data and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type, and the value of the identifier field in the uplink data sent by the UE1 and the UE identifier of the UE1. After determining that the data type of the uplink data is LTE data, the uplink data is sent to an eNB for processing.
  • the value of the identifier field in the uplink data sent by the UE1 to the AP is the value of the identifier data type as LTE data.
  • the identification domain can have the following forms:
  • the identification field is the TID in the 802.11 frame.
  • the TID is located in the Qos control field in the MAC header.
  • the mapping between the value of the TID and the combination of the UE and the data type may be determined by the eNB and sent, for example, the eNB sends an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message to the AP. The corresponding relationship is issued.
  • the correspondence between the combination of the value of the TID and the UE identifier and the data type may also be determined by the AP and notified to the e B. Specifically, after receiving the downlink data sent by the eNB to the UE, the AP selects a TID value (which may be randomly selected) from the existing TID value for the downlink data, and sends the TID to the eNB, and the AP determines the selected TID.
  • the data type of the uplink data corresponding to the combination of the value and the UE identity of the UE is LTE data.
  • the correspondence between the combination of the TID value and the UE identifier and the data type may be pre-configured by the protocol, and the AP and the UE perform data aggregation according to the pre-configured correspondence relationship of the protocol.
  • the TID can be used to identify a specific traffic distribution mode.
  • the traffic distribution mode can be implemented by offloading from the PDCP layer and offloading from the RLC layer.
  • the combination of the UE identity and the TID5 of the UE supporting the LTE offload aggregation, and the combination of the UE identity and the TID6 of the UE supporting the LTE offload aggregation may be used to identify the data type as LTE data, and the TID5 may specifically identify the UE from the UE.
  • the PDCP layer is offloaded, and the TID6 specifically identifies the offload from the RLC layer of the UE.
  • the identification field is a frame type in a frame control field; here, the frame type in the frame control domain is in addition to control, data (data) and management (management), and A reserved bit (Reserved, typell) that can be used to indicate the data type.
  • the correspondence between the combination of the frame type and the UE identifier and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB.
  • the eNB sends the correspondence to the AP through an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. It can also be pre-configured by the protocol.
  • the reserved bit typell of the frame type has 16 seed types (subtypes) of 0000-1111. Different subtype values can be used to identify the offloading mode. For example, the subtypeOOOO identifier can be used to offload from the PDCP layer of the UE, and the subtypellll is used to identify the slave UE.
  • the RLC layer is shunted.
  • the identifier field is a type field (or a type protocol number) in the MAC payload.
  • the PDCP or the RLC may be added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload, and the data type corresponding to the uplink data is used to identify the LTE data. . If the eNB supports multiple types of traffic distribution, you can add both PDCP and RLC in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. If only one type of traffic distribution is supported, only PDCP or RLC is added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload.
  • the specific meaning of the type field in the MAC payload may be known to the eNB, the AP, and the UE, for example, in the protocol. Pre-specified.
  • the AP after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE1, the AP first determines whether the UE1 is a UE that supports LTE offload aggregation according to the UE identifier of the UE1, and further determines the identifier in the uplink data after determining the yes. Whether the data type identified by the domain is LTE data. If yes, the uplink data is aggregated to the protocol layer of the eNB for processing. If not, the uplink data is directly sent to the internet AP after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE2. First, according to the UE identity of the UE2, it is determined whether the UE2 is a UE supporting LTE offload aggregation, and if not, the uplink data sent by the UE2 is directly sent to the mtemet.
  • the ideas of the above-described fifth embodiment and the sixth embodiment can be combined and implemented.
  • the data type is identified by a combination of the identifier field and the BSSID in the downlink data, and the correspondence between the combination of the identifier field and the BSSID and the data type may be indicated by the first convergence indication information.
  • the data type is identified by the combination of the value of the identifier field and the UE identifier in the uplink data, and the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type may be through the second convergence indication information.
  • a data transmission device corresponding to the data transmission method is further provided in the embodiment of the present invention. Since the principle of solving the problem is similar to the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present invention, the implementation of the device can be referred to the method. The implementation, the repetition will not be repeated.
  • a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus includes: a receiving module 291, configured to receive downlink data sent by a non-cellular wireless access device to a user equipment UE;
  • a determining module 292 configured to determine, according to the first aggregation indication information used to indicate the data type of the downlink data, the data type of the downlink data received by the receiving module 291;
  • the processing module 293 is configured to determine, at the determining module 292, that the data type of the downlink data is After the cellular data, the downlink data is processed using a cellular network protocol.
  • the receiving module 291 is further configured to:
  • the radio network access device Receiving, by the radio network access device, the first aggregation indication information that is sent by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, where the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header. Or the frame type in the frame control domain of the MAC header, or the type field in the MAC payload; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link Diversion
  • the processing module 293 is specifically configured to:
  • the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
  • the receiving module 291 is further configured to: before receiving the downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device, receive an aggregation capability query sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network to query capability information of the UE. Message
  • the device further includes: a sending module 294, configured to feed back, to the cellular network radio access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE, the radio access device, has a cellular The ability of the network protocol to process downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
  • a sending module 294 configured to feed back, to the cellular network radio access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE, the radio access device, has a cellular The ability of the network protocol to process downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
  • a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus includes: a determining module 301, configured to determine, after the cellular data is transmitted by a non-cellular wireless access device, the downlink data is used to indicate downlink data.
  • a determining module 301 configured to determine, after the cellular data is transmitted by a non-cellular wireless access device, the downlink data is used to indicate downlink data.
  • First convergence indication information of the data type is non-bee Nest data or cellular data;
  • the sending module 302 is configured to send the first aggregation indication information determined by the determining module 301 to the UE.
  • the sending module 302 is specifically configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, where the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a MAC header. a frame type in the frame control domain, or a type field in the MAC payload; or, the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the basic service set identifier BSSID and the data type in the downlink data; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link
  • the corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the split mode is used by the UE to determine a split mode of the data of the cellular network, and the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol based on the determined split mode.
  • the determining module 301 is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, The downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the value corresponding to the TID
  • the data type is cellular data; or,
  • the determining module 301 is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Sending the downlink data to the non-cellular network radio access device, and determining the wireless connection of the non-cellular network after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data.
  • Data class corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the device and the value of the TID The type is cellular data.
  • the sending module 302 is further configured to: before sending the first aggregation indication information to the UE, send, by the UE, an aggregation capability query cancellation device for querying capability information of the UE
  • the method further includes: a receiving module 303, configured to receive capability information that is sent by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network radio access device has a downlink that is sent by the non-cellular wireless access device by using a cellular network protocol. The ability of data.
  • a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus includes: a receiving module 311, configured to receive uplink data sent by a user equipment UE;
  • the determining module 312 is configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, the data type of the uplink data received by the receiving module 311.
  • the sending module 313 is configured to send the uplink data to the cellular network wireless access device for processing after the determining module 312 determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data; or
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offloading manner includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link Diversion
  • the sending module 313 is specifically configured to:
  • the determining module determines that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, sending the uplink data to the cellular network according to the offloading manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data.
  • the wireless access device performs processing.
  • the determining module 312 is further configured to: receive downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE by the wireless access device of the cellular network. After that, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data; or
  • the determining module 312 is further configured to: after receiving the downlink that the cellular network radio access device needs to send to the UE After the data, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
  • the receiving module 311 is further configured to: before receiving the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE, receive the second convergence indication information sent by the wireless network access device of the cellular network.
  • FIG. 32 it is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention, which includes:
  • the determining module 321 is configured to determine second convergence indication information used to indicate a data type of the uplink data after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data ;
  • the sending module 322 is configured to send the second convergence indication information determined by the determining module 321 to the cellular network wireless access device.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data; or
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data;
  • the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: the value and the value of the identifier field in the uplink data.
  • Corresponding relationship of the flow mode; the splitting mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and the RLC layer from the radio link control; the correspondence between the value of the identifier domain and the offload mode is used for the non-cellular network wireless
  • the access device determines a split mode of the data of the cellular network, and sends the uplink data to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing according to the determined splitting manner.
  • FIG. 33 it is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention, which includes:
  • the receiver 331 is configured to receive downlink data that is sent by the non-cellular network radio access device to the user equipment UE.
  • the processor 332 is configured to determine, according to the first aggregation indication information used to indicate the data type of the downlink data, the data type of the downlink data received by the receiver 331; and determine that the data type of the downlink data is a cellular network. After the data, the downlink data is processed using a cellular network protocol.
  • the receiver 331 is further configured to:
  • the radio network access device Receiving, by the radio network access device, the first aggregation indication information that is sent by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link Diversion
  • the processor 332 is specifically configured to: After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
  • the receiver 331 is further configured to: before receiving the downlink data sent by the non-cellular network radio access device, receive an aggregation capability query sent by the radio network access device of the cellular network to query the capability information of the UE. Message
  • the device further includes: a transmitter 333, configured to feed back, to the cellular network radio access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE, the radio access device, has a cellular The ability of the network protocol to process downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
  • FIG. 34 it is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention, which includes:
  • the processor 341 is configured to determine, according to the non-cellular network radio access device, the first aggregation indication information that is used to indicate the data type of the downlink data, where the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data. ;
  • a transmitter 342 configured to send the first convergence indication information determined by the processor 341 to the
  • the transmitter 342 is specifically configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, where the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a MAC header. a frame type in the frame control domain, or a type field in the MAC payload; or, the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the basic service set identifier BSSID and the data type in the downlink data; or
  • the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
  • the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link
  • the corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the split mode is used for The UE determines a manner of offloading the cellular network data, and processes the downlink data using a cellular network protocol based on the determined offloading manner.
  • the processor 341 is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, The downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the value corresponding to the TID
  • the data type is cellular data; or,
  • the processor 341 is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Sending the downlink data to the non-cellular network radio access device, and determining the wireless connection of the non-cellular network after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data.
  • the data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the incoming device and the value of the TID is cellular data.
  • the transmitter 342 is further configured to: send an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE, before sending the first aggregation indication information to the UE;
  • the device further includes: a receiver 343, configured to receive capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network radio access device has used the cellular network protocol to process the non-cellular wireless access device. The ability to downlink data.
  • FIG. 35 it is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention, which includes:
  • the receiver 351 is configured to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment UE.
  • the processor 352 is configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, the data type of the uplink data received by the receiver 351.
  • the transmitter 353 is configured to: after the processor 352 determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data, send the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data; or The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header.
  • TID traffic identifier
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offloading manner includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link Diversion
  • the transmitter 353 is specifically configured to:
  • the uplink data is sent to the wireless access device of the cellular network according to the offloading manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. deal with.
  • the processor 352 is further configured to: receive downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE by the wireless access device of the cellular network. After that, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data; or
  • the processor 352 is further configured to: receive the downlink that the wireless network access device needs to send to the UE after receiving the wireless network access device After the data, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
  • the receiver 351 is further configured to: receive the second convergence indication information sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network, before receiving the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE.
  • Embodiment 15 of the present invention is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention, which includes:
  • the processor 361 is configured to determine, after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Second convergence indication information indicating a data type of the uplink data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data;
  • the transmitter 362 is configured to send the second convergence indication information determined by the processor 361 to the cellular network wireless access device.
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data; or
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data;
  • the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
  • the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
  • the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offloading manner includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link And the corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the non-cellular network radio access device to determine a traffic split mode of the cellular network data, and send the uplink data to the cellular network based on the determined split mode The wireless access device performs processing.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be used. Combined or can be integrated into Another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • the components displayed for the unit may or may not be physical units, ie may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software function unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the instructions include a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to the technical field of communications, and in particular to a data transmission method and apparatus, which are used for solving the problem that the transmission quality of service is reduced caused by the fact that continuous transmission of the service cannot be ensured after the service of a user is shunted from one radio access technology (RAT) to another RAT. The data transmission method provided comprises: receiving, by a UE, downlink data sent by a non-cellular network radio access device, and determining a data type of the received downlink data according to first convergence indication information for indicating the data type of the downlink data; and after it is determined that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data, processing, by the UE, the downlink data by means of a cellular network protocol. Due to the fact that a UE can process downlink data by means of a cellular network protocol after receiving the downlink data which is forwarded by a non-cellular network radio access device and comes from a cellular network radio access device, different RATs are fused, continuous transmission of service is ensured, and the transmission quality of services is improved.

Description

一种数据传输方法及装置  Data transmission method and device
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域, 尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及装置。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and apparatus. Background technique
随着移动应用的迅速发展, 移动数据流量剧增, 导致当前的蜂窝网的网 络资源越来越难以满足数据流量增长的需求。  With the rapid development of mobile applications, mobile data traffic has increased dramatically, making it increasingly difficult for current cellular network resources to meet the growing demand for data traffic.
目前, 移动运营商希望借助于非蜂窝网的网络资源来承载部分蜂窝网的 网络流量, 以緩解蜂窝网的流量负荷。 当前对蜂窝网和非蜂窝网间的合作考 虑的重点是: 在什么情况下将用户的全部或部分业务从一种无线接入技术 At present, mobile operators hope to use the network resources of non-cellular networks to carry network traffic of some cellular networks to alleviate the traffic load of the cellular network. The current focus of cooperation between cellular and non-cellular networks is: Under what circumstances, all or part of the user's services from a wireless access technology
( Radio Access Technology, RAT ) 分流到另一种 RAT。 比如, 当长期演 进( Long Term Evolution, LTE ) 网络业务过载时, 把部分在非无线局域网络(Radio Access Technology, RAT) is offloaded to another RAT. For example, when the Long Term Evolution (LTE) network service is overloaded, part of the non-wireless local area network
( Wireless Local Area Networks , WLAN ) 覆盖范围内的用户设备 ( User Equipment, UE ) 的全部或部分业务流量分流到 WLAN网络, 以緩解 LTE网 络压力。 这里的 LTE网络和 WLAN网络即分别为蜂窝网和非蜂窝网。 (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN) All or part of the traffic of the User Equipment (UE) in the coverage is diverted to the WLAN network to alleviate the LTE network pressure. The LTE network and the WLAN network here are a cellular network and a non-cellular network, respectively.
但是, 当将用户的业务从一种 RAT分流到另一种 RAT之后, 由于 两种不同的 RAT之间很难实现业务流的无缝承接, 因此无法保证用户业 务的连续性, 从而使得业务传输质量降低。 比如, 由 WLAN网络中的接入 点(Access Point, AP )协助 LTE网络中的演进基站( evolved Node B , eNB ) 向 UE发送下行数据后, UE将该下行数据按照 WLAN数据进行处理,由 eNB 发送的原 LTE业务流与分流后的 WLAN业务流之间无法实现无缝承接,从而 影响该 UE接收业务的连续性。再比如, UE将需要发送给 eNB的上行数据分 流到 AP进行处理, AP将其按照 WLAN数据进行处理, 由该 UE发送的原 LTE业务流与分流后的 WLAN业务流之间无法实现无缝承接, 从而影响业务 的连续性传输, 从而使得业务传输质量降低。 发明内容 However, after the user's service is offloaded from one RAT to another, it is difficult to achieve seamless continuity of the service flow between the two different RATs, so the continuity of the user service cannot be guaranteed, thereby enabling the service transmission. The quality is reduced. For example, after the access point (AP) in the WLAN network is used to assist the evolved Node B (eNB) in the LTE network to send downlink data to the UE, the UE processes the downlink data according to the WLAN data, and the eNB performs the downlink data according to the WLAN data. The original LTE service flow sent and the offloaded WLAN service flow cannot be seamlessly received, thereby affecting the continuity of the UE receiving service. For example, the UE performs the processing of the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP for processing, and the AP processes the LTE service flow according to the WLAN data, and the original LTE service flow sent by the UE cannot be seamlessly received between the WLAN service flow after the offloading. , thereby affecting the continuous transmission of services, thereby reducing the quality of service transmission. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法及装置, 用以解决当将用户的业务 从一种 RAT分流到另一种 RAT之后, 由于无法保证业务的连续性传输, 从 而使得业务传输质量降低的问题。  The embodiment of the invention provides a data transmission method and device, which are used to solve the problem that the service transmission quality is degraded because the continuity of the service cannot be guaranteed after the user's service is offloaded from one RAT to another. .
第一方面, 提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:  In a first aspect, a data transmission method is provided, including:
用户设备 UE接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据;  The user equipment UE receives downlink data sent by the non-cellular network wireless access device;
所述 UE根据用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息,确定接 收的所述下行数据的数据类型;  Determining, by the UE, the data type of the received downlink data according to the first convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the downlink data;
所述 UE在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后,使用蜂窝网协 议处理所述下行数据。  After determining that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data, the UE processes the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol.
结合第一方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述方法还包括: 所述 UE接收蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或 者广播消息发送的所述第一汇聚指示信息。  With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, the first convergence indication sent by a cellular network radio access device by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. information.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的 实现方式中,  In combination with the first aspect, or the first possible implementation of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流; 所述 UE在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后,使用蜂窝网协 议处理所述下行数据, 包括: With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; The offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link; After the determining, by the UE, that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data, processing the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol, including:
所述 UE在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后,根据所述下行 数据中标识域的取值所对应的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the UE processes the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol according to a split mode corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一至三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE接收非蜂窝网无线接 入设备发送的下行数据之前, 还包括:  With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the UE receives the non-cellular network wireless access device Before sending the downlink data, it also includes:
所述 UE接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的 聚合能力查询消息;  Receiving, by the UE, an aggregation capability query message sent by the cellular network radio access device for querying capability information of the UE;
所述 UE向所述蜂窝网无线接入设备反馈自身的能力信息,所述能力信息 用于指示所述蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝 网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  Transmitting, by the UE, the capability information of the UE to the wireless access device of the cellular network, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network wireless access device has used the cellular network protocol to process the wireless access device of the non-cellular network. The ability to downlink data.
第二方面, 提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:  In a second aspect, a data transmission method is provided, including:
蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为非 蜂窝网数据或蜂窝网数据;  After the cellular wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data by the non-cellular wireless access device, the first aggregation indication information for indicating the data type of the downlink data is determined; the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data. ;
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE。  The cellular network radio access device sends the first aggregation indication information to the UE.
结合第二方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE, 包括:  With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the sending, by the cellular network radio access device, the first aggregation indication information to the UE includes:
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消 息, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE。  The cellular network radio access device sends the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
结合第二方面, 或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的 实现方式中,  With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者, The first aggregation indication information includes a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data class in the downlink data. Correspondence of type; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述 UE确定 蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述 下行数据。  With reference to the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; The offloading method includes: offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the UE to determine the manner of offloading the cellular network data, and based on the determining The offloading method uses the cellular network protocol to process the downlink data.
结合第二方面的第二或第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方 式中, 若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定第一汇聚指示信息, 包括: 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无 线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接 入设备, 并在接收到所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID 的取值后, 确定该 TID的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  With reference to the second or third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner, if the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a value of a TID and a data type, the cellular The network wireless access device determines the first aggregation indication information after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, and the method includes: the cellular network wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data by using the non-cellular wireless access device Sending the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device, and determining the TID after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular wireless access device for the downlink data. The data type corresponding to the value is cellular data; or,
若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 BSSID和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型的 对应关系, 则所述蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂 窝网数据后, 确定第一汇聚指示信息, 包括: 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备在需 要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非 蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数 据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备的 BSSID和该 TID 的取值的组合对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据。  If the first convergence indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of values of the BSSID and the TID and a data type, the cellular network radio access device determines that after the non-cellular wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data a convergence indication information, including: the cellular network wireless access device sends the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device when receiving the cellular network data by the non-cellular wireless access device, and receiving After the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular wireless access device for the downlink data, determining that the data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the non-cellular wireless access device and the value of the TID is a cellular network data.
结合第二方面, 或第二方面的第一至四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备将 所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE之前, 还包括:  With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the cellular network radio access device Before the first convergence indication information is sent to the UE, the method further includes:
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备向所述 UE发送用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的 聚合能力查询消息; Transmitting, by the cellular network radio access device, capability information for querying the UE to the UE Aggregation capability query message;
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备接收所述 UE反馈的能力信息,所述能力信息用 于指示蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝网无线 接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  The cellular network radio access device receives capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network radio access device has used the cellular network protocol to process downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device. Ability.
第三方面, 提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:  In a third aspect, a data transmission method is provided, including:
非蜂窝网无线接入设备接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据;  The non-cellular network radio access device receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE;
所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇 聚指示信息, 确定所述上行数据的数据类型;  Determining, by the non-cellular network radio access device, a data type of the uplink data according to second aggregation indication information used to indicate a data type of the uplink data;
在确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 将所述上行数据发送 到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  After determining that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data, the uplink data is sent to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
结合第三方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中,  In combination with the third aspect, in the first possible implementation manner,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型 , 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的组合 与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流;  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation, the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; The offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link;
所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备在确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数 据后, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理, 包括:  After determining that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the non-cellular wireless access device sends the uplink data to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing, including:
所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备在确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数 据后, 根据所述上行数据中标识域的取值对应的分流方式, 将所述上行数据 发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。 After determining that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the non-cellular network radio access device sets the uplink data according to a split mode corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. Send to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing.
结合第三方面的第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方 式中, 若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则 所述方法还包括: 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备 需要发送给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定在 接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或 者,  With reference to the first or second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, if the second convergence indication information includes a correspondence between a value of the TID and a data type, the method The method further includes: after receiving the downlink data that the wireless network access device needs to send to the UE, the non-cellular wireless access device selects a value of the TID for the downlink data, and determines, in the received uplink data, The data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID is cellular data; or
若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 UE标识和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型 的对应关系, 则所述方法还包括: 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备在接收到蜂窝 网无线接入设备需要发送给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的 取值,并确定所述 UE的 UE标识和接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值 的组合对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据。  If the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the UE identifier and the TID and the data type, the method further includes: the non-cellular network wireless access device receiving the wireless access device of the cellular network After the downlink data needs to be sent to the UE, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the selected TID of the received uplink data is determined to be a cellular type. Network data.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一至三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备 接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据之前, 还包括:  With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the non-cellular network radio access device receives the user Before the uplink data sent by the device UE, the method further includes:
所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的所述第二汇 聚指示信息。  The non-cellular network radio access device receives the second convergence indication information sent by the cellular network radio access device.
第四方面, 提供一种数据传输方法, 包括:  In a fourth aspect, a data transmission method is provided, including:
蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为蜂 窝网数据或非蜂窝网数据;  After the cellular wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data by the non-cellular wireless access device, determining, by the non-cellular wireless access device, the second convergence indication information for indicating the data type of the uplink data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data. ;
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备将所述第二汇聚指示信息发送给蜂窝网无线接 入设备。  The cellular network wireless access device transmits the second aggregation indication information to the cellular network wireless access device.
结合第四方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中,  In combination with the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者, The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data. The identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame type in a frame control domain in the MAC header, or a type field in a MAC payload payload; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括所述上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的 组合与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述非蜂窝网 无线接入设备确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式, 将所述 上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation, the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; The splitting manner includes: splitting from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier domain and the offload mode is used by the non-cellular network radio access device to determine cellular network data. The offload mode is sent to the cellular network radio access device for processing based on the determined offload mode.
第五方面, 提供一种数据传输装置, 包括:  A fifth aspect provides a data transmission apparatus, including:
接收模块,用于接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送给用户设备 UE的下行数 据;  a receiving module, configured to receive downlink data that is sent by the non-cellular wireless access device to the user equipment UE;
确定模块, 用于根据用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息, 确定所述接收模块接收的所述下行数据的数据类型;  a determining module, configured to determine, according to the first convergence indication information used to indicate a data type of the downlink data, a data type of the downlink data received by the receiving module;
处理模块, 用于在所述确定模块确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网 数据后, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  And a processing module, configured to process the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol after the determining module determines that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data.
结合第五方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块还用于: 接收蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消 息发送的所述第一汇聚指示信息。  With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the receiving module is further configured to: receive the first aggregation indication information that is sent by a cellular network radio access device by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. .
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的 实现方式中,  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者, The first aggregation indication information includes a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data class in the downlink data. Correspondence of type; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流;  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; The offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link;
所述处理模块具体用于:  The processing module is specifically configured to:
在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所述下行数据中 标识域的取值所对应的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一至三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能饿实现方式中, 所述接收模块还用于, 在接 收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据之前, 接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发 送的用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消息;  With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner, the receiving module is further configured to receive the non- Before receiving the downlink data sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network, receiving an aggregation capability query message sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network for querying the capability information of the UE;
所述装置还包括: 发送模块, 用于向所述蜂窝网无线接入设备反馈所述 UE的能力信息, 所述能力信息用于指示所述蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE具 有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  The device further includes: a sending module, configured to feed back, to the cellular network wireless access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the cellular wireless access device uses the cellular network The ability of the protocol to handle downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
第六方面, 提供一种数据传输装置, 包括:  In a sixth aspect, a data transmission apparatus is provided, including:
确定模块, 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定 用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为非蜂窝 网数据或蜂窝网数据;  a determining module, configured to determine first convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the downlink data after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data;
发送模块, 用于将所述确定模块确定的第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 a sending module, configured to send, by the determining module, first aggregation indication information to the
UE。 UE.
结合第六方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块具体用于: 通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消息, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息 发送给所述 UE。  With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the sending module is specifically configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
结合第六方面, 或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的 实现方式中, Combining the sixth aspect, or the first possible implementation of the sixth aspect, in the second possible In the implementation,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
结合第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述 UE确定 蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述 下行数据。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; The offloading method includes: offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the UE to determine the manner of offloading the cellular network data, and based on the determining The offloading method uses the cellular network protocol to process the downlink data.
结合第六方面的第二或第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方 式中, 若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则 所述确定模块具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到所述非蜂窝 网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定该 TID的取值对 应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  With reference to the second or third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner, if the first convergence indication information includes a correspondence between a value of the TID and a data type, the determining The module is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, send the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device, and receive the non-cellular wireless access device After the value of the TID selected for the downlink data is determined, the data type corresponding to the value of the TID is determined to be cellular network data; or
若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 BSSID和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型的 对应关系, 则所述确定模块具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂 窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收 到所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定所 述非蜂窝网无线接入设备的 BSSID和该 TID的取值的組合对应的数据类型为 蜂窝网数据。  If the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the BSSID and the TID and the data type, the determining module is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Determining, the downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the non-cellular network radio access The data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the device and the value of the TID is cellular data.
结合第六方面, 或第六方面的第一至四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送模块还用于, 将所 述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE之前, 向所述 UE发送用于查询所述 UE 的能力信息的聚合能力查询消息; Combining the sixth aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementations of the sixth aspect A possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to: before sending the first aggregation indication information to the UE, send, to the UE, a query for querying the UE Aggregation capability query message of capability information;
所述装置还包括: 接收模块, 用于接收所述 UE反馈的能力信息, 所述能 力信息用于指示蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂 窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  The device further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network wireless access device has used the cellular network protocol to process the non-cellular wireless access device to send The ability to downlink data.
第七方面, 提供一种数据传输装置, 包括:  In a seventh aspect, a data transmission apparatus is provided, including:
接收模块, 用于接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据;  a receiving module, configured to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment UE;
确定模块, 用于根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息, 确定所述接收模块接收的所述上行数据的数据类型;  a determining module, configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, a data type of the uplink data received by the receiving module;
发送模块, 用于在所述确定模块确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网 数据后, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  And a sending module, configured to: after the determining module determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data, send the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
结合第七方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二汇聚指示信息包 括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的组合 与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
结合第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流;  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; The offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link;
所述发送模块具体用于:  The sending module is specifically configured to:
在所述确定模块确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所 述上行数据中标识域的取值对应的分流方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网 无线接入设备进行处理。 After the determining module determines that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, sending the uplink data to the cellular network according to the offloading manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. The wireless access device performs processing.
结合第七方面的第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方 式中, 若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则 所述确定模块还用于:在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发送给 UE的下行数 据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定在接收的上行数据中所述选 择的 TID的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  With reference to the first or second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, if the second convergence indication information includes a correspondence between a value of the TID and a data type, the determining The module is further configured to: after receiving the downlink data that the cellular network radio access device needs to send to the UE, select a value of the TID for the downlink data, and determine a value of the selected TID in the received uplink data. The corresponding data type is cellular data; or,
若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 UE标识和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型 的对应关系, 则所述确定模块还用于: 在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发 送给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定所述 UE的 UE标识和接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值的组合对应的数据类型为 蜂窝网数据。  And the determining module is further configured to: when receiving the downlink data that the cellular network radio access device needs to send to the UE, if the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the UE identifier and the TID and the data type, Then, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
结合第七方面, 或第七方面的第一至三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收模块还用于, 在接 收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据之前,接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的所述第 二汇聚指示信息。  With reference to the seventh aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the receiving module is further configured to: Before the uplink data sent by the UE, the second aggregation indication information sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network is received.
第八方面, 提供一种数据传输装置, 包括:  In an eighth aspect, a data transmission apparatus is provided, including:
确定模块, 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定 用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为蜂窝网 数据或非蜂窝网数据;  a determining module, configured to determine second convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the uplink data after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data;
发送模块, 用于将所述确定模块确定的第二汇聚指示信息发送给蜂窝网 无线接入设备。  And a sending module, configured to send the second aggregation indication information determined by the determining module to the cellular network wireless access device.
结合第八方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中,  In combination with the eighth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者, 所述第二汇聚指示信息包括所述上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的 组合与数据类型的对应关系。 The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or, The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
结合第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述非蜂窝网 无线接入设备确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式, 将所述 上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a second possible implementation, the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; The splitting manner includes: splitting from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier domain and the offload mode is used by the non-cellular network radio access device to determine cellular network data. The offload mode is sent to the cellular network radio access device for processing based on the determined offload mode.
第九方面, 提供一种数据传输装置, 包括:  A ninth aspect provides a data transmission apparatus, including:
接收器, 用于接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送给用户设备 UE 的下行数 据;  a receiver, configured to receive downlink data that is sent by the non-cellular wireless access device to the user equipment UE;
处理器, 用于根据用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息, 确定所述接收器接收的所述下行数据的数据类型; 在确定所述下行数据的数 据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  a processor, configured to determine, according to the first aggregation indication information used to indicate a data type of the downlink data, a data type of the downlink data received by the receiver; after determining that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data The downlink data is processed using a cellular network protocol.
结合第九方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器还用于: 接收蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消 息发送的所述第一汇聚指示信息。  With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to: receive, by the cellular network radio access device, the first aggregation indication information that is sent by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. .
结合第九方面, 或第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的 实现方式中,  With reference to the ninth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。 结合第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流; The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of a BSSID and an identifier field in a downlink data and a data type. With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; The offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link;
所述处理器具体用于:  The processor is specifically configured to:
在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所述下行数据中 标识域的取值所对应的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
结合第九方面, 或第九方面的第一至三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能饿实现方式中, 所述接收器还用于, 在接收 非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据之前, 接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送 的用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消息;  With reference to the ninth aspect, or any one of the first to third possible implementation manners of the ninth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to receive a non- Before receiving the downlink data sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network, receiving an aggregation capability query message sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network for querying the capability information of the UE;
所述装置还包括: 发射器, 用于向所述蜂窝网无线接入设备反馈所述 UE 的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE具有使 用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  The device further includes: a transmitter, configured to feed back, to the cellular network wireless access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the cellular network wireless access device has a cellular network The ability of the protocol to handle downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
第十方面, 提供一种数据传输装置, 包括:  In a tenth aspect, a data transmission apparatus is provided, including:
处理器, 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定用 于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为非蜂窝网 数据或蜂窝网数据;  a processor, configured to determine first convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the downlink data after the non-cellular network wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data;
发射器, 用于将所述处理器确定的第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE。 结合第十方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器具体用于: 通 过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消息, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发 送给所述 UE。  And a transmitter, configured to send, by the processor, first aggregation indication information to the UE. With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the transmitter is specifically configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource control RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
结合第十方面, 或第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的 实现方式中,  With reference to the tenth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者, 所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者, The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or, The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
结合第十方面的第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述 UE确定 蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述 下行数据。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the traffic distribution mode in the downlink data; The offloading method includes: offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the UE to determine the manner of offloading the cellular network data, and based on the determining The offloading method uses the cellular network protocol to process the downlink data.
结合第十方面的第二或第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方 式中, 若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则 所述处理器具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据时, 将 所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到所述非蜂窝网 无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定该 TID的取值对应 的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  With reference to the second or third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, if the first convergence indication information includes a correspondence between a value of the TID and a data type, the processing The device is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, send the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device, and receive the non-cellular wireless access device After the value of the TID selected for the downlink data is determined, the data type corresponding to the value of the TID is determined to be cellular network data; or
若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 BSSID和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型的 对应关系, 则所述处理器具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝 网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定所述 非蜂窝网无线接入设备的 BSSID和该 TID的取值的组合对应的数据类型为蜂 窝网数据。  If the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the BSSID and the TID and the data type, the processor is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Determining, the downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the non-cellular network radio access The data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the device and the value of the TID is cellular data.
结合第十方面, 或第十方面的第一至四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射器还用于, 将所述 第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE之前, 向所述 UE发送用于查询所述 UE的 能力信息的聚合能力查询消息;  With reference to the tenth aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the tenth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the transmitter is further configured to: Before the first aggregation indication information is sent to the UE, sending, by the UE, an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE;
所述装置还包括: 接收器, 用于接收所述 UE反馈的能力信息, 所述能力 信息用于指示蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝 网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。 The device further includes: a receiver, configured to receive capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability The information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular wireless access device has the capability to process downlink data transmitted by the non-cellular wireless access device using the cellular network protocol.
第十一方面, 提供一种数据传输装置, 包括:  In an eleventh aspect, a data transmission apparatus is provided, including:
接收器, 用于接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据;  a receiver, configured to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment UE;
处理器, 用于根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息, 确定所述接收器接收的所述上行数据的数据类型;  a processor, configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate a data type of the uplink data, a data type of the uplink data received by the receiver;
发射器, 用于在所述处理器确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据 后, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  And a transmitter, configured to send the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing after the processor determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data.
结合第十一方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二汇聚指示信息 包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的组合 与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
结合第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流;  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in a second possible implementation, the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; The offloading method includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer;
所述发射器具体用于:  The transmitter is specifically used to:
在所述处理器确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所述 上行数据中标识域的取值对应的分流方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无 线接入设备进行处理。  After the processor determines that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the uplink data is sent to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing according to the split mode corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. .
结合第十一方面的第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现 方式中, 若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则所述处理器还用于:在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发送给 UE的下行数 据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定在接收的上行数据中所述选 择的 TID的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者, With reference to the first or second possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, if the second convergence indication information includes a correspondence between a value of the TID and a data type, The processor is further configured to: receive the number of downlinks that need to be sent to the UE after receiving the wireless access device of the cellular network And determining, according to the downlink data, a value of the TID, and determining, in the received uplink data, that the data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID is cellular network data; or
若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 UE标识和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型 的对应关系, 则所述处理器还用于: 在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发送 给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定所述 UE的 UE标识和接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值的组合对应的数据类型为 蜂窝网数据。  If the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the UE identifier and the TID and the data type, the processor is further configured to: receive downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE by the wireless access device of the cellular network. Then, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
结合第十一方面, 或第十一方面的第一至三种可能的实现方式中的任意 一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器还用于, 在 接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据之前,接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的所述 第二汇聚指示信息。  With reference to the eleventh aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the eleventh aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to: Before receiving the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE, receiving the second convergence indication information sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network.
第十二方面, 提供一种数据传输装置, 包括:  According to a twelfth aspect, a data transmission apparatus is provided, including:
处理器, 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定用 于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为蜂窝网数 据或非蜂窝网数据;  a processor, configured to determine second convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the uplink data after the non-cellular network wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data;
发射器, 用于将所述处理器确定的第二汇聚指示信息发送给蜂窝网无线 接入设备。  And a transmitter, configured to send the second convergence indication information determined by the processor to the cellular network wireless access device.
结合第十二方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中,  In conjunction with the twelfth aspect, in a first possible implementation,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括所述上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的 组合与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
结合第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应 关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控 制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述非蜂窝网 无线接入设备确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式, 将所述 上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。 With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner, the second convergence indication information further includes: corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data and the offload mode The splitting manner includes: offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the correspondence between the value of the identifier domain and the offload mode is used for determining by the non-cellular network radio access device The method for distributing the data of the cellular network, and transmitting the uplink data to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing according to the determined manner of using the splitting.
釆用上述方法或装置, UE可以在接收到非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的蜂 窝网数据类型的下行数据时, 使用蜂窝网协议处理该下行数据。 非蜂窝网无 线接入设备可以在接收到 UE发送的蜂窝网数据类型的上行数据时,将其发送 到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理, 从而实现了不同无线接入技术 RAT之间的 融合, 保证了业务的连续性传输, 提高了业务传输质量。 附图说明  With the above method or device, the UE may process the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol when receiving downlink data of a cellular data type transmitted by the non-cellular wireless access device. The non-cellular wireless access device may send the uplink data of the cellular network data type sent by the UE to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing, thereby implementing convergence between different wireless access technologies RAT. It ensures the continuous transmission of services and improves the quality of service transmission. DRAWINGS
图 1为本发明实施例的网络***结构示意图;  1 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2 ) 为本发明实施例一中 SRC与 e B为同一个节点的网络***结 构示意图;  2) FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system in which SRC and e B are the same node according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention;
图 2 ( b ) 为本发明实施例一中 SRC与 e B为不同节点的网络***结构 示意图;  2(b) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which SRC and eB are different nodes according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention;
图 3为本发明实施例一提供的下行数据传输方法流程图;  3 is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention;
图 4为实施例一中的下行数据分流示意图;  4 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in the first embodiment;
图 5为本发明实施例一提供的上行数据传输方法流程图;  FIG. 5 is a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention;
图 6为实施例一中的上行数据分流示意图;  6 is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in the first embodiment;
图 7 ( a ) 为本发明实施例二中 SRC与 eNB为同一个节点的网络***结 构示意图;  Figure 7 (a) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are the same node in the second embodiment of the present invention;
图 7 ( b ) 为本发明实施例二中 SRC与 eNB为不同节点的网络***结构 示意图;  7(b) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are different nodes according to the second embodiment of the present invention;
图 8为实施例二中的下行数据分流示意图;  8 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in Embodiment 2;
图 9为本发明实施例二中的上行数据传输方法流程图;  9 is a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention;
图 10为实施例二中的上行数据分流示意图; 图 11 ( a ) 为本发明实施例三中 SRC与 eNB为同一个节点的网络***结 构示意图; 10 is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 2; 11( a ) is a schematic structural diagram of a network system in which an SRC and an eNB are the same node in Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
图 11 ( b ) 为本发明实施例三中 SRC与 eNB为不同节点的网络***结构 示意图;  11(b) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are different nodes according to the third embodiment of the present invention;
图 12为本发明实施例三提供的下行数据传输方法流程图;  FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
图 13为实施例三中的下行数据分流示意图;  13 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in Embodiment 3;
图 14为本发明实施例三提供的上行数据传输方法流程图;  14 is a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
图 15为实施例三中的上行数据分流示意图;  15 is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 3;
图 16本发明实施例三的另一种网络***结构示意图;  16 is a schematic structural diagram of another network system according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
图 17为本发明实施例四的一种网络***结构示意图;。  FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention; FIG.
图 18为本发明实施例四提供的下行数据传输方法流程图;  18 is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention;
图 19为本发明实施例四中的下行数据分流示意图;。  FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention; FIG.
图 20为本发明实施例四中的上行数据分流示意图;  20 is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention;
图 21为本发明实施例五的一种网络***结构示意图;  21 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention;
图 22为本发明实施例五提供的下行数据传输方法流程图;  FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention;
图 23为实施例五中的下行数据分流示意图;  23 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in Embodiment 5;
图 24为实施例五中的上行数据分流示意图;  24 is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 5;
图 25 ( a ) 为本发明实施例六中 SRC与 eNB为同一个节点的网络***结 构示意图;  25(a) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are the same node in the sixth embodiment of the present invention;
图 25 ( b )为本发明实施例六中 SRC与 eNB为不同节点的网络***结构 示意图;  25(b) is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a network system in which the SRC and the eNB are different nodes according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;
图 26为实施例六中的下行数据分流示意图;  26 is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in Embodiment 6;
图 27为本发明实施例六提供的上行数据传输方法流程图;  27 is a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention;
图 28为实施例六中的上行数据分流示意图;  28 is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 6;
图 29为本发明实施例八提供的数据传输装置结构示意图;  29 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention;
图 30为本发明实施例九提供的数据传输装置结构示意图;  FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention;
图 31为本发明实施例十提供的数据传输装置结构示意图; 图 32为本发明实施例十一提供的数据传输装置结构示意图; 图 33为本发明实施例十二提供的数据传输装置结构示意图; Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention; 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention; FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention;
图 34为本发明实施例十三提供的数据传输装置结构示意图;  FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention;
图 35为本发明实施例十四提供的数据传输装置结构示意图;  35 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention;
图 36为本发明实施例十五提供的数据传输装置结构示意图。 具体实施方式  FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention. detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本发 明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于 本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动的前提下所 获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。 在不矛盾的情况下, 以 下各实施例可以互相引用。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention. In the case of no contradiction, the following embodiments can be referred to each other.
本发明实施例中描述的技术方案可用于各种通信***,例如 3GPP协议相 关的全球移动通信(GSM, Global System for Mobile communications ), 码分 多址( CDMA, Code Division Multiple Access ),时分多址( TDMA, Time Division Multiple Access ), 宽带码分多址( WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless ),步 分多址 ( FDMA, Frequency Division Multiple Addressing ), 正交频分多址 ( OFDMA, Orthogonal Frequency -Division Multiple Access ), 单 载波 FDMA ( SC-FDMA ), 通用分组无线业务( GPRS , General Packet Radio Service ), 长期演进(LTE, Long Term Evolution ), 以及非 3 GPP协议相关的 无线局域网络(Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN )。 另夕卜, 本发明实施例 中字符 "/" , 一般表示前后关联对象是一种 "或" 的关系。  The technical solutions described in the embodiments of the present invention can be used in various communication systems, such as the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) related to the 3GPP protocol, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access. (TDMA, Time Division Multiple Access), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Addressing (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) Division Multiple Access), Single-Carrier FDMA (SC-FDMA), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE), and Non-3GPP Protocol-related WLAN (Wireless Local) Area Networks, WLAN). In addition, the character "/" in the embodiment of the present invention generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
本发明实施例中的 WLAN AP存在两种网络架构: 自主管理架构和集中 管理架构。 自主管理架构又称为 "胖" AP架构, WLAN AP负责用户设备接入、 用户设备断开、 权限认证、 安全策略实施、 数据转发、 数据加密、 网络管理 等任务, 自主控制 WLANAP的配置和无线功能。集中管理架构又称为 "瘦" AP 架构, 管理权一般集中在无线控制器 (Access Controller, AC )上。 该 AC管 理用户设备的互联网协议( Intermet Protocol, IP )地址、认证和加密等, WLAN AP只具有加密、 数据转发、 射频功能, 不能独立工作。 WLAN AP与 AC之 间采用控制和西己置无线接入点 ( Control And Provisioning of Wireless Access Points, 简称 CAPWAP )规范协议进行通信。 可选的, 上述 WLANAP可以与 基站一体化设置。 因为本发明实施例主要涉及 WLAN AP的数据转发功能, 故上述 WLAN AP的两种网絡架构都可以应用。 为便于理解和说明, 以下相 关图示以"胖,, AP架构为例, 但在实际实施中, 本发明实施例并不限定这一种 架构。 The WLAN AP in the embodiment of the present invention has two network architectures: an autonomous management architecture and a centralized management architecture. The autonomous management architecture is also called the "fat" AP architecture. The WLAN AP is responsible for user equipment access, user equipment disconnection, rights authentication, security policy enforcement, data forwarding, data encryption, network management, etc., and autonomous control of WLAN AP configuration and wireless. Features. Centralized management architecture is also known as "thin" AP Architecture, management rights are generally concentrated on the wireless controller (Access Controller, AC). The AC manages the Internet Protocol (Internet Protocol, IP) address, authentication, and encryption of the user equipment. The WLAN AP only has encryption, data forwarding, and radio frequency functions, and cannot work independently. The control between the WLAN AP and the AC is controlled by the Control and Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP) protocol. Optionally, the foregoing WLAN AP may be integrated with the base station. Because the embodiment of the present invention mainly relates to the data forwarding function of the WLAN AP, the two network architectures of the foregoing WLAN AP can be applied. For ease of understanding and description, the following related illustrations take the "fat," AP architecture as an example, but in actual implementation, the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this architecture.
如图 1 所示, 为本发明实施例的网络***结构示意图。 本发明实施例的 基本思想是: 对于下行数据传输, UE在接收到非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的 下行数据后, 根据第一汇聚指示信息判断该下行数据的数据类型是蜂窝网数 据还是非蜂窝网数据, 如果是蜂窝网数据, 则使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行 数据。对于上行数据传输, 非蜂窝网无线接入设备在接收到 UE发送的上行数 据后, 根据第二汇聚指示信息判断该上行数据的数据类型是蜂窝网数据还是 非蜂窝网数据, 如果是蜂窝网数据, 则将该上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入 设备进行处理。 采用本发明实施例, UE可以在接收到非蜂窝网无线接入设备 发送的蜂窝网数据类型 (即来源于蜂窝网的数据) 的下行数据时, 使用蜂窝 网协议处理该下行数据。非蜂窝网无线接入设备可以在接收到 UE发送的蜂窝 网数据类型(即来自 UE的蜂窝网协议层 )的上行数据时, 将其发送到蜂窝网 无线接入设备进行处理, 从而实现了不同无线接入技术 AT之间的融合, 保 证了业务的连续性传输, 提高了业务传输质量。  FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention. The basic idea of the embodiment of the present invention is: for the downlink data transmission, after receiving the downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device, the UE determines, according to the first convergence indication information, whether the data type of the downlink data is cellular data or not. The cellular data, if it is cellular data, processes the downlink data using a cellular network protocol. For the uplink data transmission, after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE, the non-cellular network radio access device determines, according to the second convergence indication information, whether the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data or non-cellular network data, if it is cellular network data. And transmitting the uplink data to the cellular network wireless access device for processing. In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE may process the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol when receiving downlink data of a cellular network data type (ie, data originating from a cellular network) sent by the non-cellular wireless access device. The non-cellular wireless access device may send the uplink data of the cellular network data type (ie, the cellular network protocol layer from the UE) sent by the UE to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing, thereby implementing different The convergence between the wireless access technologies AT ensures the continuous transmission of services and improves the quality of service transmission.
在本发明实施例中, 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备为遵守蜂窝网协议 (比如 3GPP协议) 的无线接入设备, 比如 LTE网络中的 eNB, 所述非蜂窝网无线 接入设备则为不遵守蜂窝网协议的无线接入设备, 比如 WLAN中的 AP。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the wireless access device of the cellular network is a wireless access device that complies with a cellular network protocol (such as the 3GPP protocol), such as an eNB in an LTE network, and the wireless access device of the non-cellular network is not A wireless access device that complies with the cellular network protocol, such as an AP in a WLAN.
所述的上行数据或下行数据可以是无线蜂窝网络空口协议栈中某个协议 层的协议数据单元( protocol data unit, 简称 PDU ), 本发明并不限定。 下面, 以上述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为 WLAN网络(或称 WIFI网络 ) 中的 AP, 蜂窝网无线接入设备为 LTE网络中的 eNB为例, 通过几个实施例 对本发明思想进行详细介绍。 The uplink data or the downlink data may be a protocol data unit (PDU) of a protocol layer in the air interface protocol stack of the wireless cellular network, which is not limited by the present invention. In the following, the non-cellular network radio access device is an AP in a WLAN network (or WIFI network), and the cellular network radio access device is an eNB in the LTE network, and the present invention is described in detail through several embodiments. .
实施例一  Embodiment 1
如图 2 ( a )和图 2 ( b )所示, 为本发明实施例一的网络***结构示意图。 在实施例一中, AP支持协助传输 LTE数据; 另外, 在本发明实施例的网络系 统中, 还可以包括用于控制 AP和 eNB的融合无线网络控制器 ( Single Radio Controller, SRC ), 该 SRC与 eNB可以是同一个节点 (图 2 ( a ) ), 也可以是 不同的节点 (图 2 ( b ) )。 若 SRC与 eNB不是同一个节点, 本发明实施例一 中的第一和第二汇聚指示信息可以是由 SRC确定并发送给 eNB的; SRC可以 通过 X2口将该第一和第二汇聚指示信息指示给 eNB, 然后由 eNB分别将第 一汇聚指示信息下发给 UE, 将第二汇聚指示信息下发给 AP。 本发明实施例 一中的第一和第二汇聚指示信息也可以直接由 e B确定并下发, 下面以 eNB 确定并下发的方式进行介绍。  2(a) and 2(b) are schematic structural diagrams of a network system according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. In the first embodiment, the AP supports the transmission of the LTE data. In addition, in the network system of the embodiment of the present invention, the integrated radio network controller (SRC) for controlling the AP and the eNB may also be included. It can be the same node as the eNB (Fig. 2 (a)), or it can be a different node (Fig. 2 (b)). If the SRC and the eNB are not the same node, the first and second aggregation indication information in the first embodiment of the present invention may be determined by the SRC and sent to the eNB; the SRC may use the X2 interface to the first and second convergence indication information. The eNB is instructed to send the first aggregation indication information to the UE, and the second aggregation indication information is sent to the AP. The first and second aggregation indication information in the first embodiment of the present invention may also be directly determined by e B and delivered, and the following is introduced in a manner determined and delivered by the eNB.
实施例一的基本思想是直接通过第一汇聚指示信息指示 UE将 AP发送的 来自 LTE网络的下行数据使用 LTE协议层进行处理, 以及通过第二汇聚指示 信息指示 AP将 UE发送的来自 UE的 LTE协议层的上行数据发送给 eNB进 行处理。  The basic idea of the first embodiment is to directly indicate, by using the first aggregation indication information, that the UE processes the downlink data from the LTE network sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol layer, and instructs the AP to send the UE to the LTE from the UE by using the second convergence indication information. The uplink data of the protocol layer is sent to the eNB for processing.
下面, 首先介绍该实施例一中的下行数据传输方法。  Next, the downlink data transmission method in the first embodiment will be first described.
如图 3 所示, 为本发明实施例一提供的下行数据传输方法流程图, 包括 以下步骤:  As shown in FIG. 3, a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention includes the following steps:
S301: eNB向 UE发送用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消息。 在实际实施中, 针对 AP发送的下行数据, 不同的 UE可能具有不同的处 理能力, 包括: 仅支持 LTE分流聚合的能力 (也即仅支持使用 LTE协议处理 AP发送的下行数据的能力)、仅支持 WLAN(或称 WIFI )业务处理的能力(也 即仅支持将 AP发送的下行数据作为 WLAN数据发送到 UE操作***进行处 理的能力),同时支持 LTE分流聚合和 WIFI业务处理的能力,和分时支持 LTE 分流聚合和 WIFI业务处理的能力。 本发明实施例中, 可以通过已有的消息, 如 UE 能力查询消息 (UE Capability Enquiry ) 或 UE 信息请求消息 ( UE Information Request ), 发送本发明实施例中用于查询 UE的聚合能力的聚合能 力查询消息。 S301: The eNB sends an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE. In actual implementation, different UEs may have different processing capabilities for the downlink data sent by the AP, including: only the capability of LTE offload aggregation is supported (that is, only the capability of using the LTE protocol to process downlink data sent by the AP is supported), The ability to support WLAN (or WIFI) service processing (that is, the ability to transmit downlink data sent by the AP as WLAN data to the UE operating system for processing), and to support LTE offload aggregation and WIFI service processing, and Support LTE The ability to handle streaming aggregation and WIFI service processing. In the embodiment of the present invention, the aggregation capability for querying the aggregation capability of the UE in the embodiment of the present invention may be sent by using an existing message, such as a UE Capability Enquiry or a UE Information Request message. Query the message.
S302: UE在接收到 eNB发送的聚合能力查询消息后, 向所述 eNB反馈 所述 UE的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述 eNB所述 UE具有使用 LTE 协议处理 AP发送的下行数据的能力。  S302: After receiving the aggregation capability query message sent by the eNB, the UE feeds back the capability information of the UE to the eNB, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink data sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol. Ability.
实施例一中, UE具备 LTE分流聚合能力,也即 UE可以仅支持 LTE分流 聚合的能力,也可以同时支持 LTE分流聚合和 WIFI业务处理的能力,还可以 分时支持 LTE分流聚合和 WIFI业务处理的能力。  In the first embodiment, the UE has the LTE offload aggregation capability, that is, the UE can only support the LTE offload aggregation capability, and can also support the LTE offload aggregation and the WIFI service processing capability, and can also support the LTE offload aggregation and the WIFI service processing in a time-sharing manner. Ability.
在实际实施中, eNB也可以默认所有的 UE都具备支持 LTE分流聚合的 能力, 这时, eNB便不用向 UE发送聚合能力查询消息, 也就减少了上述步 骤 S301和 S302。  In an actual implementation, the eNB may also have the capability of supporting LTE offload aggregation by default. In this case, the eNB does not need to send an aggregation capability query message to the UE, thereby reducing the foregoing steps S301 and S302.
S303: eNB在接收到所述 UE反馈的能力信息后, 确定用于指示下行数 据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息。  S303: After receiving the capability information fed back by the UE, the eNB determines first convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the downlink data.
这里, 由于 AP发送给 UE的下行数据的数据类型可能是 LTE数据(即来 源于 LTE网络的分流数据), 也可能是 WLA 数据 (即来源于 WLAN网络的 数据), 因此, 需要通过第一汇聚指示信息来指示 UE确定接收的下行数据的 数据类型。 比如采用 0、 1来进行汇聚指示,其中 0表示数据类型为 LTE数据, 也即表示需要 UE使用 LTE协议处理接收的下行数据, 更具体地, 需要 UE 的 WIFI模块(使用 WIFI协议处理 WIFI数据的模块 )将接收到的 AP发送的 下行数据汇聚到 LTE模块(使用 LTE协议处理 LTE数据的模块)的相应协议 层进行处理; 1表示数据类型为 WLAN数据,也即表示需要 UE将 AP发送的 下行数据直接作为 WLAN数据进行处理。  Here, since the data type of the downlink data that the AP sends to the UE may be LTE data (that is, the offload data from the LTE network), or may be WLA data (that is, data originating from the WLAN network), therefore, the first aggregation needs to be adopted. The indication information is used to instruct the UE to determine the data type of the received downlink data. For example, 0 and 1 are used for the aggregation indication, where 0 indicates that the data type is LTE data, that is, the UE needs to use the LTE protocol to process the received downlink data, and more specifically, requires the UE's WIFI module (using the WIFI protocol to process the WIFI data). The module aggregates the downlink data sent by the received AP to the corresponding protocol layer of the LTE module (the module that processes the LTE data by using the LTE protocol); 1 indicates that the data type is WLAN data, that is, the downlink that the UE needs to send the AP. The data is processed directly as WLAN data.
S304: eNB将所述第一汇聚指示信息通过无线资源控制 ( Radio Resource Control, RRC ) 重配置消息或广播消息发送给所述 UE。  S304: The eNB sends the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a Radio Resource Control (RRC) reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
在实际实施中, RRC 重配置消息具体可以是 RRC 连接重配置 (RRC Connection Reconfiguration ) 消'息-。 In an actual implementation, the RRC reconfiguration message may specifically be an RRC connection reconfiguration (RRC). Connection Reconfiguration).
S305: eNB将需要发送给 UE的下行数据分流给 AP传输, AP将该下行 数据发送给 UE。  S305: The eNB offloads the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
该步骤中, eNB可以将需要发送给 UE的下行数据从 PDCP或 RLC层分 流到 WIFI网络。 如图 4所示, 为实施例一中的下行数据分流示意图。 长期演 进( Long Term Evolution, LTE ) 网络作为蜂窝网的一种, 它的协议层主要包 括分组数据汇聚协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol, PDCP )、 无线链路 控制( Radio Link Control, RLC ),媒体接入控制( Media Access Control, MAC ), 和物理层 ( Physical Layer, PHY ); 无线保真 ( Wireless Fidelity, WIFI ) 网络 (也即 WLAN网络 ) 的协议层主要包括 MAC和 PHY两个协议层。  In this step, the eNB may offload downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE from the PDCP or RLC layer to the WIFI network. As shown in FIG. 4, it is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in the first embodiment. Long Term Evolution (LTE) network is a kind of cellular network. Its protocol layer mainly includes Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP), Radio Link Control (RLC), and media connection. The protocol layer of Media Access Control (MAC), and Physical Layer (PHY); Wireless Fidelity (WIFI) network (also known as WLAN network) mainly includes two protocol layers: MAC and PHY.
图 4中, eNB从 RLC层分流数据到 WIFI AP协议层, AP将该分流数据 发送至 UE的 WIFI AP协议层。  In Figure 4, the eNB offloads data from the RLC layer to the WIFI AP protocol layer, and the AP sends the offloaded data to the WIFI AP protocol layer of the UE.
在具体实施过程中, 可以预先规定在进行协同传输时的分流方式, 具体 地, 该分流方式包括从 PDCP层分流和从 RLC层分流。 若 eNB和 UE能够支 持多种分流方式, 则 eNB可以在发送的下行数据中通过标识域(如媒体接入 控制 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中 的帧类型,或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域)的取值来标识具体的分流方式, 具体可参见后续实施例三的介绍, 这里不再详述。  In a specific implementation process, a shunting manner when cooperative transmission is performed may be pre-defined. Specifically, the shunting manner includes offloading from the PDCP layer and offloading from the RLC layer. If the eNB and the UE can support multiple types of offloading, the eNB may pass the identifier field in the sent downlink data (such as the traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or the frame control domain in the MAC header) The value of the frame type in the MAC payload, or the type field in the payload of the payload, is used to identify the specific traffic distribution mode. For details, refer to the description of the third embodiment.
S306: UE根据用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息, 确定 AP发送的下行数据的数据类型;在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据 后, 使用 LTE协议处理所述下行数据。  S306: The UE determines, according to the first aggregation indication information that is used to indicate the data type of the downlink data, the data type of the downlink data that is sent by the AP. After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the LTE data, the downlink is processed by using the LTE protocol. data.
如图 4 所示, UE根据第一汇聚指示信息的指示, 将接收的下行数据从 UE的 WIFI模块的 MAC协议层汇聚到 LTE模块的 RLC协议层进行处理。  As shown in FIG. 4, the UE aggregates the received downlink data from the MAC protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE to the RLC protocol layer of the LTE module for processing according to the indication of the first aggregation indication information.
下面, 再介绍该实施例一中的上行数据传输方法;  The following describes the uplink data transmission method in the first embodiment;
如图 5 所示, 为本发明实施例一提供的上行数据传输方法流程图, 包括 以下步骤:  As shown in FIG. 5, a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention includes the following steps:
S501 : eNB在需要 AP传输 LTE数据后, 确定用于指示上行数据的数据 类型的第二汇聚指示信息; S501: After the eNB needs to transmit the LTE data, the eNB determines the data used to indicate the uplink data. a second convergence indication information of the type;
这里, eNB在确定 LTE网絡负载过重时, 可以确定釆用 WLAN网络协助 传输 LTE数据, 则 UE发送给 AP的上行数据的数据类型可能是 LTE分流数 据(即来自 UE的 LTE业务数据 ), 也可能是 WLAN数据 (即 UE的 WLAN业 务数据), 因此, 需要通过第二汇聚指示信息来指示 AP确定接收的上行数据 的数据类型。 比如采用 0、 1来进行汇聚指示, 其中 0表示数据类型为 LTE数 据, 也即表示需要 AP将接收到的上行数据发送给演进基站 eNB进行处理, 1 表示数据类型为 WLAN数据, 也即表示需要 AP将接收的上行数据直接发送 给因特网 ( internet )。  Here, when determining that the LTE network is overloaded, the eNB may determine that the WLAN network is used to assist in transmitting the LTE data, and the data type of the uplink data that the UE sends to the AP may be LTE offload data (ie, LTE service data from the UE), It may be WLAN data (ie, WLAN service data of the UE). Therefore, the second aggregation indication information needs to be used to instruct the AP to determine the data type of the received uplink data. For example, 0, 1 is used for the aggregation indication, where 0 indicates that the data type is LTE data, that is, the AP needs to send the received uplink data to the evolved base station eNB for processing, and 1 indicates that the data type is WLAN data, that is, the required The AP sends the received uplink data directly to the Internet.
S502: eNB通过 AP与 eNB之间的接口, 将所述第二汇聚指示信息发送 给 AP。  S502: The eNB sends the second aggregation indication information to the AP by using an interface between the AP and the eNB.
这里, AP与 eNB之间的接口可以是新定义的 z接口 ( interface-z )。  Here, the interface between the AP and the eNB may be a newly defined z interface (interface-z).
S503: UE将需要发送给 eNB的上行数据分流给 AP。  S503: The UE offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP.
如图 6所示, 为实施例一中的上行数据分流示意图。 图 6中, UE将需要 发送给 eNB的上行数据从 UE的 LTE模块的协议层中的 RLC层分流到 UE的 WIFI模块的协议层中的 MAC层,再从 UE的 WIFI模块的协议层发送给 AP。  As shown in FIG. 6, it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in the first embodiment. In FIG. 6, the UE offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB from the RLC layer in the protocol layer of the LTE module of the UE to the MAC layer in the protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE, and then sends the protocol layer from the WIFI module of the UE to the protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE. AP.
若 eNB和 UE能够支持多种分流方式, 则 UE可以在发送的上行数据中 通过上行数据中的标识域(如媒体接入控制 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话 务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的 类型域) 的取值来标识具体的分流方式, 具体可参见后续实施例三的介绍, 这里不再详述。  If the eNB and the UE can support multiple offloading modes, the UE may pass the identifier field in the uplink data in the sent uplink data (such as the traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or the MAC header). The value of the frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the payload of the MAC payload, is used to identify the specific traffic distribution mode. For details, refer to the description of the third embodiment.
S504: AP根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息, 确定 UE发送的上行数据的数据类型,在确定所述上行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据 后, 将所述上行数据发送给演进基站 eNB进行处理。  S504: The AP determines, according to the second aggregation indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, the data type of the uplink data sent by the UE, and after determining that the data type of the uplink data is LTE data, sending the uplink data to the The evolved base station eNB performs processing.
如图 6所示, AP在接收到 UE发送的上行数据后, 根据第二汇聚指示信 息, 将该上行数据汇聚到 LTE eNB的 RLC协议层进行处理。  As shown in FIG. 6, after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE, the AP aggregates the uplink data to the RLC protocol layer of the LTE eNB for processing according to the second aggregation indication information.
在具体实施中, 若 AP只支持协助传输 LTE数据, 不支持传输 WLA 数 据,则 UE在接收到该 AP发送的下行数据后,可以直接将该下行数据作为 LTE 数据, 使用 LTE协议处理该下行数据, 也即将该 AP发送的下行数据从 UE 的 WIFI模块的协议层汇聚到 UE的 LTE模块的协议层进行处理。 相应地, AP在接收到 UE发送的上行数据后, 直接将该上行数据作为 LTE数据发送给 e B的相应协议层进行处理。 In a specific implementation, if the AP only supports the transmission of LTE data, the number of transmitted WLAs is not supported. After receiving the downlink data sent by the AP, the UE can directly process the downlink data as LTE data, and process the downlink data by using the LTE protocol, that is, the downlink data sent by the AP is aggregated from the protocol layer of the WIFI module of the UE. The processing is performed to the protocol layer of the UE's LTE module. Correspondingly, after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE, the AP directly sends the uplink data as LTE data to the corresponding protocol layer of the e B for processing.
实施例二  Embodiment 2
如图 7 ( a )和图 7 ( b )所示, 为本发明实施例二的网络***结构示意图。 在实施例二中, AP与 eNB共站或不共站, 该 AP既支持协助传输分流的 LTE 数据,也支持单独传输 WLAN数据。该 eNB所服务的 UE有的进行 LTE分流 汇聚(即 UE WIFI模块将从 AP接收到的下行数据输送至 UE LTE模块的协议 层进行处理, 或 UE LTE模块将 LTE数据分流到 WIFI模块发送), 有的进行 WIFI业务传输; 另外, 在本发明实施例的网络***中, 还可以包括 SRC, 该 SRC与 eNB可以是同一个节点(图 7 ( a ) ),也可以是不同的节点(图 7 ( b ) )。 当 SRC与 eNB是不同的节点时,本发明实施例二中的第一和第二汇聚指示信 息可以是由 SRC确定并发送给 eNB,然后由 eNB分别将第一汇聚指示信息下 发给 UE, 将第二汇聚指示信息下发给 AP。 本发明实施例一中的第一和第二 汇聚指示信息也可以直接由 eNB确定并下发,下面就以 eNB确定并下发的方 式进行介绍。  7(a) and 7(b) are schematic structural diagrams of a network system according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention. In the second embodiment, the AP is co-located or not co-located with the eNB, and the AP supports both the LTE data for facilitating transmission of the offload and the WLAN data for separate transmission. The UE served by the eNB performs LTE offload aggregation (that is, the UE WIFI module transmits the downlink data received from the AP to the protocol layer of the UE LTE module for processing, or the UE LTE module distributes the LTE data to the WIFI module for transmission), In the network system of the embodiment of the present invention, the SRC may be the same node (FIG. 7 (a)) or different nodes (FIG. 7). (b)). When the SRC and the eNB are different nodes, the first and second aggregation indication information in the second embodiment of the present invention may be determined by the SRC and sent to the eNB, and then the first aggregation indication information is sent to the UE by the eNB. The second aggregation indication information is sent to the AP. The first and second aggregation indication information in the first embodiment of the present invention may also be directly determined by the eNB and delivered. The following describes the manner in which the eNB determines and delivers.
实施例二的基本思想是由 eNB将 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系携带在 第二汇聚指示信息中通知给 AP, AP根据该对应关系以及当前发送上行数据 的 UE的 UE标识确定该上行数据的数据类型,基于确定的数据类型进行相应 的处理。  The basic idea of the second embodiment is that the eNB sends the corresponding relationship between the UE identifier and the data type in the second aggregation indication information to notify the AP, and the AP determines the uplink data according to the corresponding relationship and the UE identifier of the UE that currently sends the uplink data. The data type is processed accordingly based on the determined data type.
首先介绍下行数据传输; 如图 8 所示, 为实施例二中的下行数据分流示 意图。 对于当前只进行 WIFI业务传输的 UE (如图 8中的 UE2 ), UE的 WIFI 模块在接收到 AP发送的下行数据后,直接将其输送至 UE操作***进行处理。 对于当前只进行 LTE分流聚合的 UE (如图 8中的 UE1 ), 可以根据上述实施 例一介绍的方法, 在接收到指示下行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据的第一汇聚 指示信息后, 使用 LTE协议处理所述下行数据, 本实施例二中不再详述。 下面, 重点介绍实施例二中的上行数据传输方法, 实施步骤与上述实施 例一重复之处不再赘述; First, the downlink data transmission is introduced. As shown in FIG. 8, it is a schematic diagram of the downlink data offloading in the second embodiment. For the UE that currently only performs WIFI service transmission (such as UE2 in FIG. 8), after receiving the downlink data sent by the AP, the WIFI module of the UE directly delivers the downlink data to the UE operating system for processing. For the UE that is currently only performing LTE offload aggregation (such as UE1 in FIG. 8), according to the method introduced in the foregoing Embodiment 1, the first aggregation type of the LTE data is received. After the information is received, the downlink data is processed by using the LTE protocol, which is not detailed in the second embodiment. The following describes the method for transmitting the uplink data in the second embodiment. The implementation steps are not repeated here.
如图 9所示, 为本发明实施例二中的上行数据传输方法流程图, 包括: S901 : eNB在需要 AP传输 LTE数据后, 确定用于指示上行数据的数据 类型的第二汇聚指示信息;所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与 数据类型的对应关系。  As shown in FIG. 9, the flowchart of the uplink data transmission method in the second embodiment of the present invention includes: S901: After determining that the AP transmits the LTE data, the eNB determines second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data. The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
由于该实施例二中不同 UE发送给 AP的上行数据的数据类型不同,因此, 可以在第二汇聚指示信息中指示不同的 UE 标识所分别对应的数据类型。 比 如, UE1对应汇聚指示 0, 0标识数据类型为 LTE数据 (即指示 AP将 UE1 发送的上行数据发送给 eNB ), UE2对应汇聚指示 1 , 1标识数据类型为 WLAN 数据 (指示 AP将 UE2发送的上行数据直接发送给 Internet )。  The data type of the uplink data sent by the different UEs to the AP in the second embodiment is different. Therefore, the data types corresponding to the different UE identifiers may be indicated in the second aggregation indication information. For example, the UE1 corresponds to the aggregation indication 0, 0, and the data type is LTE data (that is, the AP is instructed to send the uplink data sent by the UE1 to the eNB), and the UE2 corresponds to the convergence indication 1, and the identifier data type is WLAN data (indicating that the AP sends the UE2). The uplink data is sent directly to the Internet).
本实施例二中的 UE标识可以是 UE的 MAC地址或小区临时标识 (比如 小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI )。  The UE identifier in the second embodiment may be a MAC address of the UE or a temporary identifier of the cell (such as a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI).
S902: eNB通过 AP与 eNB之间的接口, 将所述第二汇聚指示信息发送 给 AP。  S902: The eNB sends the second aggregation indication information to the AP by using an interface between the AP and the eNB.
S903: UEl将需要发送给 eNB的上行数据分流到 AP传输。  S903: The UE1 offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP transmission.
如图 10所示, 为实施例二中的上行数据分流示意图。 UE1将需要发送给 eNB的 LTE的上行数据从 LTE模块的协议层分流到 WIFI模块的协议层传输, 当上行数据到了 AP, AP把数据发送给 eNB, UE2的 WIFI模块将 WLA 的 上行数据发送给 AP, AP把数据直接交给 internet进行处理。该步骤中,若 eNB 和 UEl能够支持多种分流方式,则 UE1可以在发送的上行数据中通过标识域 (如媒体接入控制 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头 中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域) 的取值来标识具 体的分流方式, 具体可参见后续实施例三的介绍, 这里不再详述。  As shown in FIG. 10, it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in the second embodiment. The uplink data of the LTE that needs to be sent to the eNB is offloaded from the protocol layer of the LTE module to the protocol layer of the WIFI module. When the uplink data arrives at the AP, the AP sends the data to the eNB, and the WIFI module of the UE2 sends the uplink data of the WLA to the UE. AP, AP directly hands the data to the internet for processing. In this step, if the eNB and the UE1 can support multiple offloading modes, the UE1 can pass the identification domain in the sent uplink data (such as the traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or the MAC header). The value of the frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the payload of the MAC payload, is used to identify the specific traffic distribution mode. For details, refer to the description of the third embodiment.
S904: AP根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息, 以及 所述 UE1的 UE标识, 确定 UE1发送的上行数据的数据类型, 在确定所述上 行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据后, 将所述上行数据发送给演进基站 eNB进行 处理。 S904: The AP determines, according to the second aggregation indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, and the UE identifier of the UE1, the data type of the uplink data sent by the UE1, where the determining is performed. After the data type of the row data is LTE data, the uplink data is sent to the evolved base station eNB for processing.
该步骤中, AP根据第二汇聚指示信息中不同的 UE标识所对应的汇聚指 示, 将 UE1发送的上行数据汇聚到 LTE eNB的协议层进行处理, 将 UE2发 送的上行数据直接发送至 Intemet。  In this step, the AP aggregates the uplink data sent by the UE1 to the protocol layer of the LTE eNB according to the convergence indication corresponding to the different UE identifiers in the second aggregation indication information, and directly sends the uplink data sent by the UE2 to the Internet.
实施例三  Embodiment 3
如图 11 ( a )和图 11 ( b ) 所示, 为本发明实施例三的一种网络***结构 示意图。 其中, 该 AP既支持协助传输 LTE数据,也支持仅传输 WLAN数据。 该 AP覆盖下的 UE可同时或分时进行 LTE分流聚合以及 WIFI业务传输; 另 外, 在本发明实施例的网络***中, 还可以包括用于控制 AP和 eNB的 SRC, 该 SRC与 eNB可以是同一个节点 (图 11 ) ), 也可以是不同的节点(图 11 ( b ) )。本发明实施例三中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应关系可以是由 SRC 确定并发送给 eNB , 然后由 eNB分别将该对应关系下发给 UE和 AP。 该对应 关系也可以直接由 eNB确定并下发。 除此之外, 该对应关系也可以是由协议 中预先约定的。 当该实施例三中的标识域为话务标识 TID时, eNB所对应的 TID的取值还可以是由 AP来指示的。 下面会进行具体说明。  FIG. 11( a ) and FIG. 11( b ) are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a network system according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. The AP supports both the transmission of LTE data and the transmission of only WLAN data. The UE covered by the AP may perform the LTE offload aggregation and the WIFI service transmission at the same time or in a time-sharing manner. In addition, in the network system of the embodiment of the present invention, the SRC and the eNB may also be included, where the SRC and the eNB may be The same node (Figure 11)) can also be a different node (Figure 11 (b)). The corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the third embodiment of the present invention may be determined by the SRC and sent to the eNB, and then the eNB separately sends the corresponding relationship to the UE and the AP. The corresponding relationship can also be determined and delivered directly by the eNB. In addition to this, the correspondence may also be pre-agreed by the agreement. When the identifier field in the third embodiment is the traffic identifier TID, the value of the TID corresponding to the eNB may also be indicated by the AP. Specific instructions will be given below.
实施例三的基本思想是通过传输数据中的标识域来标识数据类型, 该标 识域与类型的对应关系可以通过第一汇聚指示信息和第二汇聚指示信息来指 示。  The basic idea of the third embodiment is to identify the data type by transmitting an identifier field in the data, and the correspondence between the identifier field and the type can be indicated by the first aggregation indication information and the second convergence indication information.
下面, 首先介绍该实施例三中的下行数据传输方法。  Next, the downlink data transmission method in the third embodiment will be first described.
如图 12所示, 为本发明实施例三提供的下行数据传输方法流程图, 包括 以下步骤:  As shown in FIG. 12, a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention includes the following steps:
S 1201: eNB向 UE发送用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消 息。  S1201: The eNB sends an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE.
S1202: UE在接收到 eNB发送的聚合能力查询消息后, 向所述 eNB反馈 所述 UE的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述 eNB所述 UE具有使用 LTE 协议处理 AP发送的下行数据的能力。 S1203: e B将需要发送给 UE的下行数据分流给 AP, AP将该下行数据 发送给 UE。 S1202: After receiving the aggregation capability query message sent by the eNB, the UE feeds back the capability information of the UE to the eNB, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink data sent by the AP using the LTE protocol. Ability. S1203: The e B downlinks the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
如图 13所示, 为实施例三中的下行数据分流示意图。 eNB和 AP分别向 UE发送下行数据, eNB将需要发送给 UE的下行数据从 RLC层分流给 AP , 由 AP将该下行数据发送给 UE。 若 eNB可以支持多种分流方式, 则该 eNB 可以根据第一汇聚指示信息中分流方式与标识域的对应关系, 将采用的分流 方式所对应的标识域携带在下行数据中发送给 AP。 关于标识域的体现形式详 见下述步骤的描述。  As shown in FIG. 13, it is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in the third embodiment. The eNB and the AP respectively send downlink data to the UE, and the eNB diverts the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP from the RLC layer, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE. If the eNB can support multiple types of traffic distribution, the eNB can carry the identifier domain corresponding to the traffic distribution mode in the downlink data to the AP according to the mapping between the traffic distribution mode and the identifier domain in the first aggregation indication information. See the description of the steps below for the embodiment of the identification field.
S1204: UE根据下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 以及 接收的下行数据中标识域的取值, 确定 AP发送的下行数据的数据类型; 在确 定所述下行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据后,使用 LTE协议处理所述下行数据; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 (Media Access Control, MAC ) 头中服务质量控 制域中的话务标识( Traffic identifier , TID ), 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类 型。  S1204: The UE determines, according to the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, and the value of the identifier field in the received downlink data, the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP; determining the data type of the downlink data. After the LTE data, the downlink data is processed by using an LTE protocol; the identifier field is a traffic identifier (TID), or a MAC in a quality of service control domain in a Media Access Control (MAC) header. The frame type in the frame control field in the header.
该步骤中, eNB将向 UE发送的下行数据中标识域取值为标识数据类型 为 LTE数据的值。 其中, 标识域可以有以下几种形式:  In this step, the eNB will take the value of the identifier field in the downlink data sent to the UE as the value of the identifier data type as LTE data. The identification domain can have the following forms:
1 )该标识域为 802.11帧中的 TID。 该 TID位于 MAC头中的服务质量控 制域(Qos control field )。 比如, 可以釆用 TID6标识数据类型为 LTE数据, 也即表示需要 UE使用 LTE协议处理 AP发送的下行数据; 可以采用 TID7标 识数据类型为 WLAN数据, 也即表示 UE可以将 AP发送的下行数据直接作 为 WIFI数据进行处理。  1) The identification field is the TID in the 802.11 frame. The TID is located in the Qos control field in the MAC header. For example, the TID6 can be used to identify the data type as LTE data, that is, the UE needs to use the LTE protocol to process the downlink data sent by the AP. The TID7 can be used to identify the data type as WLAN data, that is, the UE can directly send the downlink data sent by the AP. Processed as WIFI data.
在具体实施过程中, TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系可以由 eNB确定 并下发, 比如, eNB通过 RRC重配置消息或广播消息向 UE下发该对应关系。 或者, TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系也可以由 AP确定的, 并且, AP可 以通过 AP与 eNB之间的接口, 比如 z接口 ( interface-z ) 通知给 eNB。 具体 地, AP在接收到 eNB发送给 UE的下行数据后,从已存在的 TID值中为该下 行数据选择一个 TID值(可以随机选择),并通过 z接口设置( interface-z setup )、 z接口重置 ( interface-z reset ) 等信令消息发送给 eNB, eNB确定 AP发送的 该 TID的取值所对应的数据类型为 LTE数据, 并通过 RRC重配置消息或广 播消息指示给 UE。 该 AP还可以将自身向 UE发送下行数据时所采用的 TID 的取值通知给 eNB。 或者, TID 的取值与数据类型的对应关系也可以是由协 议中预先配置的, AP和 UE根据协议预先配置的对应关系进行数据汇聚。 In a specific implementation process, the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB. For example, the eNB sends the correspondence to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. Alternatively, the mapping between the value of the TID and the data type may also be determined by the AP, and the AP may notify the eNB through an interface between the AP and the eNB, such as a z interface (interface-z). Specifically, after receiving the downlink data sent by the eNB to the UE, the AP selects a TID value (which can be randomly selected) for the downlink data from the existing TID value, and sets the interface through the z interface (interface-z setup). A signaling message such as an interface-z reset is sent to the eNB, and the eNB determines that the data type corresponding to the value of the TID sent by the AP is LTE data, and indicates to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. The AP may also notify the eNB of the value of the TID used when transmitting downlink data to the UE. Alternatively, the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may be pre-configured by the protocol, and the AP and the UE perform data aggregation according to the corresponding relationship pre-configured by the protocol.
TID 除用于标识数据类型外, 还可以用于标识具体的分流方式, 这里, 分流方式可以包括从 PDCP层分流和从 RLC层分流。 比如, TID5和 TID6可 用于标识数据类型为 LTE数据, 则其中的 TID5可具体标识从 eNB的 PDCP 层分流, TID6具体标识从 eNB的 RLC层分流。  The TID can be used to identify a specific traffic distribution mode. The traffic distribution mode can be implemented by offloading from the PDCP layer and offloading from the RLC layer. For example, TID5 and TID6 can be used to identify that the data type is LTE data, and the TID5 can specifically identify the PDCP layer offload from the eNB, and the TID6 specifically identifies the RLC layer offload from the eNB.
2 )该标识 i或为帧控制 i或(frame control field )里的帧 type; 这里, 帧控 制域中的帧 type除控制 (control ), 数据 (data )和管理(management )三种 类型外, 还有一个预留位(Reserved, typell ), 可以釆用该预留位来指示数据 类型。  2) The identifier i is a frame type in a frame control field or a frame control field; here, the frame type in the frame control domain is divided into three types: control, data, and management. There is also a reserved bit (Reserved, typell) that can be used to indicate the data type.
在具体实施过程中, 帧 type与数据类型的对应关系可以由 eNB确定并下 发, 比如, eNB通过 RRC重配置消息或广播消息向 UE下发该对应关系。 也 可以是由协议中预先配置的。  In a specific implementation process, the correspondence between the frame type and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB. For example, the eNB sends the correspondence to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. It can also be pre-configured by the protocol.
帧 type的预留位 typell有 16种子类型( subtype )取值 0000-1111 , 可以 釆用不同的 subtype取值标识分流方式,比如可以釆用 subtypeOOOO标识从 eNB 的 PDCP层分流, 釆用 subtypellll标识从 eNB的 RLC层分流。  The reserved type of the frame type has a seed type (subtype) of 0000-1111. The subtype value can be used to identify the offloading mode. For example, the subtypeOOOO can be used to identify the PDCP layer from the eNB, and the subtypellll is used to identify the subtype. The RLC layer of the eNB is offloaded.
3 )该标识域为 MAC payload中的类型域(或称 type协议号); 这里, 可 以通过在 802.11帧 MAC payload的类型域中添加 PDCP或 RLC, 用于标识下 行数据对应的数据类型为 LTE数据。若 eNB支持多种分流方式,可以在 802.11 帧 MAC payload的类型域中同时添加 PDCP和 RLC,若只支持一种分流方式, 则在 802.11帧 MAC payload的类型域中只添加 PDCP或 RLC。  3) The identifier field is a type field (or a type protocol number) in the MAC payload. Here, the PDCP or the RLC may be added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload, and the data type corresponding to the downlink data is used to identify the LTE data. . If the eNB supports multiple types of traffic distribution, you can add both PDCP and RLC in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. If only one type of traffic distribution is supported, only PDCP or RLC is added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload.
在具体实施过程中, MAC payload 中的类型域所标识的具体含义(也即 类型域与数据类型或分流方式的对应关系)对于 eNB、 AP和 UE可以是已知 的, 比如可以是在协议中预先规定的。 如图 13所示, UE的 WIFI模块在接收到 AP发送的下行数据后, 确定该 下行数据中的标识域所标识的数据类型, 在确定数据类型为 WLAN数据后, 直接将该下行数据作为 WLAN数据进行处理, 即交给 UE的操作***进行处 理, 在确定数据类型为 LTE数据后, 则交给 UE的 LTE模块, 使用 LTE协议 处理该下行数据。 In a specific implementation process, the specific meaning of the type field in the MAC payload (that is, the correspondence between the type field and the data type or the offload mode) may be known to the eNB, the AP, and the UE, for example, in the protocol. Pre-specified. As shown in FIG. 13, after receiving the downlink data sent by the AP, the WIFI module of the UE determines the data type identified by the identifier field in the downlink data. After determining that the data type is WLAN data, the downlink data is directly used as the WLAN. The data is processed, that is, it is processed by the operating system of the UE. After the data type is determined to be LTE data, the LTE module is handed over to the UE, and the downlink data is processed by using the LTE protocol.
下面, 再介绍该实施例三中的上行数据传输方法。  Next, the uplink data transmission method in the third embodiment will be described.
如图 14所示, 为本发明实施例三提供的上行数据传输方法流程图, 包括 以下步骤:  As shown in FIG. 14, a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention includes the following steps:
S1401 : UE将需要发送给 eNB的上行数据分流给 AP传输。  S1401: The UE offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP for transmission.
如图 15所示, 为实施例三中的上行数据分流示意图。 UE分别向 AP和 eNB发送上行数据, 其中, 发送给 eNB的上行数据从 UE的 LTE模块分流到 UE的 WIFI模块传输至 AP后, 再由 AP发送至 eNB。 若 UE及 eNB支持多 种分流方式,则该 UE可以才艮据所述第一汇聚指示信息中所指示的分流方式与 上行数据中标识域的对应关系, 将采用的分流方式所对应的标识域携带在上 行数据中发送给 AP。 关于标识域的体现形式详见下述步骤的描述。  As shown in FIG. 15, it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in the third embodiment. The UE sends the uplink data to the AP and the eNB respectively, where the uplink data sent to the eNB is offloaded from the LTE module of the UE to the WIFI module of the UE and then transmitted to the AP, and then sent by the AP to the eNB. If the UE and the eNB support multiple types of traffic distribution, the UE may use the corresponding mapping relationship between the traffic distribution mode indicated by the first aggregation indication information and the identification domain in the uplink data, and the identifier domain corresponding to the adopted traffic distribution mode. The bearer is sent to the AP in the uplink data. See the description of the steps below for the embodiment of the identification field.
S1402: AP根据上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 以及 UE发送的上行数据中标识域的取值, 确定该上行数据的数据类型, 在确定所 述上行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据后,将所述上行数据发送给 eNB进行处理。 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中 的帧类型, 或 MAC payload中的类型域。  S1402: The AP determines the data type of the uplink data according to the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data, and the value of the identifier field in the uplink data sent by the UE, and determines that the data type of the uplink data is After the LTE data, the uplink data is sent to the eNB for processing. The identification field is a TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame type in a frame control domain in the MAC header, or a type field in the MAC payload.
该步骤中, UE将向 AP发送的上行数据中的标识域取值为标识数据类型 为 LTE数据的值。 其中, 标识域可以有以下几种形式:  In this step, the value of the identifier field in the uplink data sent by the UE to the AP is a value indicating that the data type is LTE data. The identification domain can have the following forms:
1 )该标识域为 802.11帧中的 TID。 该 TID位于 MAC头中的服务质量控 制域(Qos control field )。 比如, 可以采用 TID6标识数据类型为 LTE数据, 也即表示需要 AP将 UE发送的上行数据发送给 eNB进行处理;可以釆用 TID7 标识数据类型为 WLAN数据, 也即表示 AP可以将 UE发送的上行数据直接 作为 WLAN数据发送给 internet 在具体实施过程中, TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系可以由 e B确定 并下发, 比如, eNB通过 RRC重配置消息或广播消息向 AP下发该对应关系。 或者, TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系也可以由 AP确定并通知给 eNB。 具 体地, AP在接收到 eNB发送给 UE的下行数据后,从已存在的 TID值中为该 下行数据选择一个 TID值 (可以随机选择), 并发送给 eNB, 同时, AP确定 选择的 TID的取值对应的 UE发送的上行数据的数据类型也为 eNB。 或者, TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系也可以是由协议中预先配置的, AP和 UE 根据协议预先配置的对应关系进行数据汇聚。 1) The identification field is the TID in the 802.11 frame. The TID is located in the Qos control field in the MAC header. For example, the TID6 can be used to identify the data type as LTE data, that is, the AP needs to send the uplink data sent by the UE to the eNB for processing; the TID7 can be used to identify the data type as WLAN data, that is, the AP can send the uplink sent by the UE. Data is sent directly to the internet as WLAN data In a specific implementation process, the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may be determined and sent by the e B. For example, the eNB sends the correspondence to the AP by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. Alternatively, the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may also be determined by the AP and notified to the eNB. Specifically, after receiving the downlink data sent by the eNB to the UE, the AP selects a TID value (which may be randomly selected) from the existing TID value for the downlink data, and sends the TID to the eNB, and the AP determines the selected TID. The data type of the uplink data sent by the UE corresponding to the value is also an eNB. Alternatively, the correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type may be pre-configured by the protocol, and the AP and the UE perform data aggregation according to the pre-configured correspondence relationship of the protocol.
TID 除用于标识数据类型外, 还可以用于标识具体的分流方式, 这里, 分流方式可以包括从 PDCP层分流和从 RLC层分流。 比如, TID5和 TID6可 用于标识数据类型为 LTE数据,则其中的 TID5可具体标识从 UE的 PDCP层 分流, TID6具体标识从 UE的 RLC层分流。  The TID can be used to identify a specific traffic distribution mode. The traffic distribution mode can be implemented by offloading from the PDCP layer and offloading from the RLC layer. For example, TID5 and TID6 can be used to identify that the data type is LTE data, and the TID5 can specifically identify the PDCP layer of the UE, and the TID6 specifically identifies the RLC layer of the UE.
2 )该标识域为帧控制域(frame control field )里的帧 type; 这里, 帧控 制域中的帧 type除控制 (control ), 数据 (data )和管理(management )三种 类型外, 还有一个预留位(Reserved, typell ), 可以釆用该预留位来指示数据 类型。  2) The identification field is a frame type in a frame control field; here, the frame type in the frame control domain is in addition to control, data (data) and management (management), and A reserved bit (Reserved, typell) that can be used to indicate the data type.
在具体实施过程中, 帧 type与数据类型的对应关系可以由 eNB确定并下 发, 比如, eNB通过 RRC重配置消息或广播消息向 AP下发该对应关系。 也 可以是由协议中预先配置的。  In a specific implementation process, the correspondence between the frame type and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB. For example, the eNB sends the correspondence to the AP through an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. It can also be pre-configured by the protocol.
帧 type的预留位 typell有 16种子类型( subtype )取值 0000-1111 , 可以 采用不同的 subtype取值标识分流方式,比如可以采用 subtypeOOOO标识从 UE 的 PDCP层分流, 釆用 subtypellll标识从 UE的 RLC层分流。  The reserved bit typell of the frame type has 16 seed types (subtypes) of 0000-1111. Different subtype values can be used to identify the offloading mode. For example, the subtypeOOOO identifier can be used to offload from the PDCP layer of the UE, and the subtypellll is used to identify the slave UE. The RLC layer is shunted.
3 )该标识域为 MAC payload中的类型域(或称 type协议号); 这里, 可 以通过在 802.11帧 MAC payload的类型域中添加 PDCP或 RLC, 用于标识上 行数据对应的数据类型为 LTE数据。若 eNB支持多种分流方式,可以在 802.11 帧 MAC payload的类型域中同时添加 PDCP和 RLC,若只支持一种分流方式, 则在 802.11帧 MAC payload的类型域中只添加 PDCP或 RLC。 在具体实施过程中, MAC payload 中的类型域所标识的具体含义(也即 类型域与数据类型或分流方式的对应关系 )对于 eNB、 AP和 UE可以是已知 的, 比如可以是在协议中预先规定的。 3) The identifier field is a type field (or a type protocol number) in the MAC payload. Here, the PDCP or the RLC may be added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload, and the data type corresponding to the uplink data is used to identify the LTE data. . If the eNB supports multiple types of traffic distribution, you can add both PDCP and RLC in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. If only one type of traffic distribution is supported, only PDCP or RLC is added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. In a specific implementation process, the specific meaning of the type field in the MAC payload (that is, the correspondence between the type field and the data type or the offload mode) may be known to the eNB, the AP, and the UE, for example, in the protocol. Pre-specified.
如图 15所示, AP在接收到 UE发送的上行数据后,确定该上行数据中的 标识域所标识的数据类型, 在确定数据类型为 WLAN数据后, 直接将该上行 数据发送给 internet,在确定数据类型为 LTE数据后,将该上行数据发送给 eNB 进行处理。  As shown in FIG. 15, after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE, the AP determines the data type identified by the identifier field in the uplink data. After determining that the data type is WLAN data, the AP directly sends the uplink data to the internet. After determining that the data type is LTE data, the uplink data is sent to the eNB for processing.
如图 16所示, 为本发明实施例三的另一种网络***结构示意图。 基于实 施例三的标识方式, 不仅可以实现蜂窝网和非蜂窝网之间的合作, 还可以实 现不同蜂窝网之间的合作, 以及实现多种蜂窝网与非蜂窝网之间的合作。 比 如, 图 16 涉及 LTE 中的 eNB 和通用移动通信*** (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, UMTS ) 中的基站(NodeB, NB ) 两种蜂窝网无 线接入设备, AP与 eNB、 NB共站, AP既支持协助传输 LTE数据, 也支持 协助传输 UMTS网络数据。 这时, 可以在传输数据中通过标识域来区分不同 的蜂窝网, 具体实施与通过标识域区分数据类型及分流方式的过程相似, 这 里不再详述。  FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another network system according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. Based on the identification method of the third embodiment, not only the cooperation between the cellular network and the non-cellular network but also the cooperation between different cellular networks and the cooperation between the plurality of cellular networks and the non-cellular network can be realized. For example, FIG. 16 relates to an eNB in LTE and a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), two types of cellular radio access devices, an AP and an eNB, and an NB co-station, and the AP supports It assists in the transmission of LTE data and also assists in the transmission of UMTS network data. At this time, different cellular networks can be distinguished by the identification domain in the transmission data, and the specific implementation is similar to the process of distinguishing the data type and the traffic distribution manner by the identification domain, which will not be described in detail herein.
实施例四  Embodiment 4
如图 17所示, 为本发明实施例四的一种网络***结构示意图。 其中, AP' 与 AP都覆盖 UE, AP支持协助传输 LTE数据, AP'支持传输 WLAN数据。 UE可以同时或分时进行 LTE分流聚合以及 WLAN数据传输。 实施例四中, AP'与 AP向 UE发送的下行数据的数据类型不同, AP'发送给 UE的下行数据 的数据类型为 WLAN数据本身, AP发送给 UE的下行数据的数据类型为 LTE 数据。  FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention. The AP' and the AP both cover the UE, the AP supports the transmission of the LTE data, and the AP' supports the transmission of the WLAN data. The UE can perform LTE offload aggregation and WLAN data transmission simultaneously or in a time-sharing manner. In the fourth embodiment, the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP and the AP to the UE is different. The data type of the downlink data sent by the AP to the UE is the WLAN data itself, and the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP to the UE is LTE data.
实施例四的基本思想是通过 AP 的基本服务集标识 (Basic Service Set Identity, BSSID ) 来标识发送给 UE的下行数据的数据类型。  The basic idea of the fourth embodiment is to identify the data type of the downlink data sent to the UE by using the basic service set identifier (BSSID) of the AP.
下面, 首先介绍该实施例四中的下行数据传输方法。  Next, the downlink data transmission method in the fourth embodiment will be first described.
如图 18所示, 为本发明实施例四提供的下行数据传输方法流程图, 包括 以下步骤: As shown in FIG. 18, it is a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method provided by Embodiment 4 of the present invention, including The following steps:
S 1801: eNB向 UE发送用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消 息。  S 1801: The eNB sends an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE.
S1802: UE在接收到 eNB发送的聚合能力查询消息后, 向所述 eNB反馈 所述 UE的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述 eNB所述 UE具有使用 LTE 协议处理 AP发送的下行数据的能力。  S1802: After receiving the aggregation capability query message sent by the eNB, the UE feeds back the capability information of the UE to the eNB, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink data sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol. Ability.
S1803: eNB在接收到所述 UE反馈的能力信息后,确定下行数据中 BSSID 与数据类型的对应关系。  S1803: After receiving the capability information fed back by the UE, the eNB determines a correspondence between the BSSID and the data type in the downlink data.
S1804: eNB将下行数据中 BSSID与数据类型的对应关系通过 RRC重配 置消息或广播消息发送给所述 UE。  S1804: The eNB sends the correspondence between the BSSID and the data type in the downlink data to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
S1805: eNB将需要发送给 UE的下行数据分流给 AP, AP将该下行数据 发送给 UE。  S1805: The eNB offloads the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
如图 19所示, 为实施例四中的下行数据分流示意图。 eNB从 RLC层分 流数据到 AP的 WIFI协议层, AP将该分流数据发送至 UE的 WIFI协议层。 与 AP共覆盖的 AP'将 WIFI网络数据发送至 UE的 WIFI协议层。  As shown in FIG. 19, it is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in the fourth embodiment. The eNB offloads data from the RLC layer to the WIFI protocol layer of the AP, and the AP sends the offloaded data to the WIFI protocol layer of the UE. The AP's covered with the AP sends the WIFI network data to the WIFI protocol layer of the UE.
S1806: UE根据下行数据中 BSSID与数据类型的对应关系以及发送下行 数据的 AP的 BSSID, 确定 AP发送的下行数据的数据类型; 在确定所述下行 数据的数据类型为 LTE数据后, 使用 LTE协议层处理所述下行数据。  S1806: The UE determines the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP according to the correspondence between the BSSID and the data type in the downlink data and the BSSID of the AP that sends the downlink data. After determining that the data type of the downlink data is LTE data, the LTE protocol is used. The layer processes the downlink data.
如图 19所示, UE根据 BSSID与数据类型的对应关系, 确定 AP发送的 下行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据, 则将 AP发送的下行数据从 UE WIFI模块 的协议层汇聚到 UE LTE模块的协议层进行处理, 确定 AP'发送的下行数据的 数据类型为 WLAN数据, 则将 AP'发送的下行数据交给 UE操作***进行处 理。  As shown in FIG. 19, the UE determines, according to the correspondence between the BSSID and the data type, that the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP is LTE data, and the downlink data sent by the AP is aggregated from the protocol layer of the UE WIFI module to the protocol of the UE LTE module. The layer performs processing to determine that the data type of the downlink data sent by the AP' is WLAN data, and then the downlink data sent by the AP' is handed over to the UE operating system for processing.
下面, 再介绍该实施例四中的上行数据传输方法。  Next, the uplink data transmission method in the fourth embodiment will be described.
如图 20所示, 为实施例四中的上行数据分流示意图。 对于本发明实施例 四中的上行数据传输方法, UE将从 WLAN协议层产生的上行数据发送至 AP' , AP'直接将该上行数据发送到 internet UE将从 LTE协议层产生的上行数据分 流至 AP, AP将接收的上行数据汇聚到 e B的 LTE协议层; 这里, 若 AP在 全部时间内都只支持协助传输 LTE数据, 则该 AP可以在接收到上行数据后, 就默认该上行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据, 并将该上行数据发送给 eNB。 该 AP也可以按照实施例一中的上行数据传输方法,根据 eNB发送的第二汇聚指 示信息, 确定接收的上行数据的数据类型, 这里不再赘述。 As shown in FIG. 20, it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 4. For the uplink data transmission method in the fourth embodiment of the present invention, the UE sends the uplink data generated by the WLAN protocol layer to the AP′, and the AP′ directly sends the uplink data to the uplink UE to generate the uplink data from the LTE protocol layer. The AP converges the received uplink data to the LTE protocol layer of e B. Here, if the AP only supports the LTE data transmission at all times, the AP can default to the uplink after receiving the uplink data. The data type of the data is LTE data, and the uplink data is sent to the eNB. The AP may also determine the data type of the received uplink data according to the second aggregation indication information sent by the eNB according to the uplink data transmission method in the first embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
实施例五  Embodiment 5
如图 21所示, 为本发明实施例五的一种网絡***结构示意图。 其中, AP' 与 AP都覆盖 UE, AP既支持协助传输 LTE数据, 也支持单独传输 WLAN数 据, AP'支持单独传输 WLAN数据。 UE可同时或分时进行 LTE分流聚合以及 WL AN数据传输。  FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a network system according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. The AP' and the AP both cover the UE. The AP supports both the transmission of LTE data and the transmission of WLAN data separately. The AP' supports separate transmission of WLAN data. The UE can perform LTE offload aggregation and WL AN data transmission simultaneously or in a time-sharing manner.
实施例五的基本思想是通过下行数据中标识域和 BSSID的组合来标识数 据类型, 该标识域和 BSSID的组合与数据类型的对应关系可以通过第一汇聚 指示信息来指示。  The basic idea of the fifth embodiment is to identify the data type by using a combination of the identifier field and the BSSID in the downlink data, and the correspondence between the combination of the identifier field and the BSSID and the data type can be indicated by the first aggregation indication information.
下面, 首先介绍该实施例五中的下行数据传输方法。  Next, the downlink data transmission method in the fifth embodiment will be first described.
如图 22所示, 为本发明实施例五提供的下行数据传输方法流程图, 包括 以下步骤:  As shown in FIG. 22, a flowchart of a downlink data transmission method according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention includes the following steps:
S2201 : eNB向 UE发送用于查询 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消息。 S2202: UE在接收到 eNB发送的聚合能力查询消息后, 向所述 eNB反馈 所述 UE的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述 eNB所述 UE具有使用 LTE 协议层处理 AP发送的下行数据的能力。  S2201: The eNB sends an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE. S2202: After receiving the aggregation capability query message sent by the eNB, the UE feeds back the capability information of the UE to the eNB, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE has the downlink that is sent by the AP by using the LTE protocol layer. The ability of data.
S2203: eNB将需要发送给 UE的下行数据分流给 AP, AP将该下行数据 发送给 UE。  S2203: The eNB offloads the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
如图 23 所示, 为实施例五中的下行数据分流示意图。 eNB、 AP和 AP' 分别向 UE发送下行数据, eNB将需要发送给 UE的下行数据从 RLC层分流 给 AP, 由 AP将该下行数据发送给 UE。  As shown in FIG. 23, it is a schematic diagram of downlink data splitting in Embodiment 5. The eNB, the AP, and the AP' respectively send downlink data to the UE, and the eNB diverts the downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE to the AP from the RLC layer, and the AP sends the downlink data to the UE.
S2204: UE根据下行数据中标识域的取值和 BSSID的组合与数据类型的 对应关系, 以及接收的下行数据中标识域的取值和 AP的 BSSID, 确定该 AP 发送的下行数据的数据类型;在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据后, 使用 LTE协议处理所述下行数据; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域 中的 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型 , 或 MAC payload中的类型域。 S2204: The UE determines the AP according to the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the BSSID and the data type in the downlink data, and the value of the identifier field in the received downlink data and the BSSID of the AP. The data type of the sent downlink data; after determining that the data type of the downlink data is LTE data, processing the downlink data by using an LTE protocol; the identifier field is a TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a MAC header The frame type in the medium frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload.
该步骤中, UE的 WIFI模块在接收到 AP发送的下行数据后, 首先根据 该 AP的 BSSID确定该 AP是否支持协助传输 LTE数据, 在确定该 AP支持 协助传输 LTE数据后, 再确定该下行数据中标识域的取值是否对应的为 LTE 数据, 也即确定该 AP发送的下行数据是否来源于 eNB , 在确定该 AP发送的 下行数据中标识域的取值所标识的数据类型是 LTE数据后, 将该下行数据汇 聚到 UE的 LTE模块的协议层进行处理。 相应地, UE的 WIFI模块在接收到 AP发送的下行数据后, 若根据 BSSID确定该 AP为支持协助传输 LTE数据, 但是该 AP发送的下行数据中的标识域所标识的数据类型是 WLAN数据, 则 将该下行数据作为 WLAN数据进行处理,即直接交给 UE操作***进行处理。 UE在接收到 AP'发送的下行数据后, 根据 BS SID确定该 AP'不支持协助传输 LTE数据, 则直接将该 AP'发送的下行数据作为 WLAN数据进行处理, 即直 接交给 UE操作***进行处理。  In this step, after receiving the downlink data sent by the AP, the WIFI module of the UE first determines whether the AP supports the LTE data transmission according to the BSSID of the AP, and determines the downlink data after determining that the AP supports the LTE data transmission. Whether the value of the identifier field corresponds to the LTE data, that is, whether the downlink data sent by the AP is derived from the eNB, and determining the data type identified by the value of the identifier field in the downlink data sent by the AP is LTE data. The downlink data is aggregated to a protocol layer of the LTE module of the UE for processing. Correspondingly, after receiving the downlink data sent by the AP, the WIFI module of the UE determines that the AP supports the LTE data according to the BSSID, but the data type identified by the identifier field in the downlink data sent by the AP is WLAN data. Then, the downlink data is processed as WLAN data, that is, directly delivered to the UE operating system for processing. After receiving the downlink data sent by the AP, the UE determines, according to the BS SID, that the AP does not support the transmission of the LTE data, and directly processes the downlink data sent by the AP as the WLAN data, that is, directly, the UE performs the operation on the UE operating system. deal with.
该实施例中 , 标识域可以有以下几种形式:  In this embodiment, the identification domain can have the following forms:
1 )该标识域为 802.11帧中的 TID。 该 TID位于 MAC头中的服务质量控 制域(Qos control field )。 比如, 可以釆用支持协助传输 LTE数据的 AP (以 下简称为协同 AP )的 BSSID和 TID6的组合标识数据类型为 LTE数据, 也即 表示需要 UE将 AP发送的来自 eNB的下行数据汇聚到 LTE协议层进行处理。  1) The identification field is the TID in the 802.11 frame. The TID is located in the Qos control field in the MAC header. For example, the combined identification data type of the BSSID and the TID6 of the AP (hereinafter referred to as the coordinated AP) that supports the LTE data transmission may be LTE data, that is, the UE needs to aggregate the downlink data from the eNB sent by the AP to the LTE protocol. The layer is processed.
在具体实施过程中, TID的取值和协同 AP的 BSSID的组合与数据类型 的对应关系可以由 eNB确定并下发, 比如, eNB通过 RRC重配置消息或广 播消息向 UE下发该对应关系。或者, TID的取值和协同 AP的 BSSID的组合 与数据类型的对应关系也可以由 AP确定的, 并且, AP可以通过 AP与 eNB 之间的接口, 比如 z接口 (interface-z ) 通知给 eNB。 具体地, AP在接收到 eNB发送给 UE的下行数据后, 从已存在的 TID值中为该下行数据选择一个 TID值 (可以随机选择 ), 并通过 z接口设置 ( interface-z setup )、 z接口重置 ( interface-z reset )等信令消息发送给 eNB, eNB确定 AP发送的该 TID的取 值以及该 AP的 BSSID所对应的数据类型为 LTE数据,并通过 RRC重配置消 息或广播消息指示给 UE。 或者, TID的取值和协同 AP的 BSSID的组合与数 据类型的对应关系也可以是由协议中预先配置的, AP和 UE根据协议预先配 置的对应关系进行数据汇聚。 In a specific implementation process, the correspondence between the combination of the value of the TID and the BSSID of the coordinated AP and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB. For example, the eNB sends the correspondence to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. Alternatively, the correspondence between the combination of the value of the TID and the BSSID of the coordinated AP and the data type may also be determined by the AP, and the AP may notify the eNB through an interface between the AP and the eNB, such as a z interface (interface-z). . Specifically, after receiving the downlink data sent by the eNB to the UE, the AP selects a TID value (which can be randomly selected) from the existing TID value for the downlink data, and sets the interface through z interface (interface-z setup), z Interface reset The signaling message is sent to the eNB, and the eNB determines that the value of the TID sent by the AP and the data type corresponding to the BSSID of the AP are LTE data, and indicates to the UE by using an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. . Alternatively, the correspondence between the combination of the value of the TID and the BSSID of the coordinated AP and the data type may be pre-configured by the protocol, and the AP and the UE perform data aggregation according to the correspondence pre-configured by the protocol.
TID 除用于标识数据类型外, 还可以用于标识具体的分流方式, 这里, 分流方式可以包括从分组数据汇聚协议 ( Packet Data Convergence Protocol, PDCP )层分流和从无线链路控制 (Radio Link Control, RLC )层分流。 比如, TID5与协同 AP的 BSSID的组合, 或 TID6与协同 AP的 BSSID的组合可用 于标识数据类型为 LTE数据, 则其中的 TID5与协同 AP的 BSSID的组合可 具体标识从 eNB的 PDCP层分流, TID6与协同 AP的 BSSID的组合具体标识 从 eNB的 RLC层分流。  In addition to the data type, the TID can also be used to identify a specific traffic distribution mode. Here, the traffic distribution mode can include a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and a radio link control (Radio Link Control). , RLC) layer shunt. For example, the combination of the TID5 and the BSSID of the coordinated AP, or the combination of the TID6 and the BSSID of the coordinated AP can be used to identify that the data type is LTE data, and the combination of the TID5 and the BSSID of the coordinated AP can specifically identify the PDCP layer offload from the eNB. The combination of the TID6 and the BSSID of the coordinated AP specifically identifies the offload from the RLC layer of the eNB.
2 )该标识域为帧控制域里的帧 type; 这里, 帧控制域中的帧 type除控制 ( control ), 数据 (data ) 和管理 (management ) 三种类型外, 还有一个预留 位(Reserved, typell ), 可以釆用该预留位来指示数据类型。  2) The identification field is a frame type in the frame control domain; here, the frame type in the frame control domain has one reserved bit in addition to control, data (data) and management (management). Reserved, typell ), this reserved bit can be used to indicate the data type.
在具体实施过程中 , 帧 type和支持协助传输 LTE数据的 AP的 BSSID的 组合与数据类型的对应关系可以由 eNB确定并下发, 比如, eNB通过 RRC 重配置消息或广播消息向 UE 下发该对应关系。 也可以是由协议中预先配置 的。  In a specific implementation process, the correspondence between the frame type and the BSSID of the AP that supports the LTE data transmission and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB. For example, the eNB sends the message to the UE through an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. Correspondence relationship. It can also be pre-configured by the protocol.
帧 type的预留位 typell有 16种子类型( subtype )取值 0000-1111 , 可以 采用不同的 subtype取值标识分流方式,比如可以釆用 subtypeOOOO标识从 eNB 的 PDCP层分流, 釆用 subtypellll标识从 eNB的 RLC层分流。  The reserved type of the frame type has a seed type (subtype) of 0000-1111. The subtype value can be used to identify the offload mode. For example, the subtypeOOOO can be used to identify the PDCP layer offload from the eNB, and the subtypellll is used to identify the slave eNB. The RLC layer is shunted.
3 )该标识域为 MAC payload中的类型域(或称 type协议号); 这里, 可 以通过在 802.11帧 MAC payload的类型域中添加 PDCP或 RLC, 用于标识下 行数据对应的数据类型为 LTE数据。若 eNB支持多种分流方式,可以在 802.11 帧 MAC payload的类型域中同时添加 PDCP和 RLC,若只支持一种分流方式, 则在 802.11帧 MAC payload的类型域中只添加 PDCP或 RLC。 在具体实施过程中, MAC payload 中的类型域所标识的具体含义(也即 类型域与数据类型或分流方式的对应关系 )对于 eNB、 AP和 UE可以是已知 的, 比如可以是在协议中预先规定的。 3) The identifier field is a type field (or a type protocol number) in the MAC payload. Here, the PDCP or the RLC may be added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload, and the data type corresponding to the downlink data is used to identify the LTE data. . If the eNB supports multiple types of traffic distribution, you can add both PDCP and RLC in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. If only one type of traffic distribution is supported, only PDCP or RLC is added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. In a specific implementation process, the specific meaning of the type field in the MAC payload (that is, the correspondence between the type field and the data type or the offload mode) may be known to the eNB, the AP, and the UE, for example, in the protocol. Pre-specified.
如图 23所示, UE将 AP发送的来自 eNB的下行数据汇聚到 LTE协议层 进行处理, 将 AP和 AP'发送的来自该 AP和 AP'自身的下行数据作为 WLAN 数据进行处理。  As shown in FIG. 23, the UE aggregates the downlink data from the eNB sent by the AP to the LTE protocol layer for processing, and processes the downlink data sent by the AP and the AP' from the AP and the AP' itself as WLAN data.
下面, 再介绍该实施例五中的上行数据传输方法。  Next, the uplink data transmission method in the fifth embodiment will be described.
如图 24所示,为实施例五中的上行数据分流示意图。针对上行数据传输, UE将从 WIFI协议层产生的上行数据发送至 AP或 ΑΡ', AP或 AP'直接将该 上行数据发送到 internet UE将从 LTE协议层产生的上行数据分流至 AP, AP 将接收的上行数据汇聚到 eNB的 LTE协议层; 这里, 该 AP可以根据上行数 据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 以及接收的上行数据中的标识域 的取值, 确定接收的上行数据的数据类型, 具体实施可参看实施例三中的上 行数据传输方法, 这里不再赘述。  As shown in FIG. 24, it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 5. For the uplink data transmission, the UE sends the uplink data generated by the WIFI protocol layer to the AP or the ΑΡ', and the AP or the AP' directly sends the uplink data to the internet UE to offload the uplink data generated by the LTE protocol layer to the AP, and the AP will The received uplink data is aggregated to the LTE protocol layer of the eNB. Here, the AP may determine the received uplink according to the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data, and the value of the identifier field in the received uplink data. For the specific data implementation, refer to the uplink data transmission method in Embodiment 3, and details are not described herein again.
实施例六  Embodiment 6
如图 25 ( a )和图 25 ( b ) 所示, 为本发明实施例六的网络***结构示意 图。在实施例六中,该 AP既支持协助传输 LTE数据,也支持单独传输 WLAN 数据。 该 AP覆盖下的 UE有的进行 WLAN数据传输(如 UE1 ), 有的可同时 或分时进行 LTE分流聚合以及 WLAN数据传输 (如 UE2 )。 另外, 在本发明 实施例的网络***中,还可以包括 SRC,该 SRC与 eNB可以是同一个节点(图 25 ( a ) ), 也可以是不同的节点 (图 25 ( b ) )。 若 SRC与 eNB是不同的节点, SRC与 eNB之间可通过 X2***互信息。  25(a) and 25(b) are schematic diagrams showing the structure of a network system according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. In the sixth embodiment, the AP supports both the transmission of LTE data and the transmission of WLAN data separately. Some UEs covered by the AP perform WLAN data transmission (such as UE1), and some may perform LTE offload aggregation and WLAN data transmission (such as UE2) at the same time or in time. In addition, in the network system of the embodiment of the present invention, the SRC may also be included, and the SRC and the eNB may be the same node (Fig. 25 (a)), or may be different nodes (Fig. 25(b)). If the SRC and the eNB are different nodes, the SRC and the eNB can exchange information through the X2 port.
实施例六的基本思想是通过上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的组合 来标识数据类型,该标识域的取值和 UE标识的组合与数据类型的对应关系可 以通过第二汇聚指示信息来指示。  The basic idea of the sixth embodiment is to identify the data type by using the combination of the value of the identifier field and the identifier of the UE in the uplink data. The correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type can pass the second convergence indication information. To indicate.
首先介绍下行数据传输; 如图 26所示, 为实施例六中的下行数据分流示 意图。对于当前只进行 WIFI业务传输的 UE(如图 26中的 UE2 ), UE的 WIFI 模块在接收到 AP发送的下行数据后, 直接将其作为 WLAN数据进行处理, 即直接交给 UE操作***进行处理。 对于同时或分时进行 LTE 分流聚合和 WLAN数据传输的 UE (如图 26中的 UE1 ), 可以根据上述实施例三介绍的 方法, 根据下行数据中标识域的取值和数据类型的对应关系, 以及 AP发送的 下行数据中携带的标识域的取值, 确定该下行数据的数据类型, 在确定该下 行数据的数据类型为 WLAN数据后, 将其作为 WLAN数据进行处理, 即直 接交给 UE操作***进行处理, 在确定数据类型为 LTE数据后, UE的 WIFI 模块将接收到的下行数据汇聚到 UE的 LTE模块的协议层进行处理, 本实施 例六中不再详述。 First, the downlink data transmission is introduced. As shown in FIG. 26, it is a schematic diagram of the downlink data offloading in the sixth embodiment. For the UE that currently only performs WIFI service transmission (such as UE2 in FIG. 26), the UE's WIFI After receiving the downlink data sent by the AP, the module directly processes it as WLAN data, that is, directly passes it to the UE operating system for processing. For the UE that performs the LTE offload aggregation and the WLAN data transmission at the same time or in the same time, as shown in the foregoing Embodiment 3, according to the corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, The value of the identifier field carried in the downlink data sent by the AP is determined, and the data type of the downlink data is determined. After determining that the data type of the downlink data is WLAN data, the data is processed as WLAN data, that is, directly delivered to the UE. The system performs processing. After determining that the data type is LTE data, the WIFI module of the UE aggregates the received downlink data to the protocol layer of the LTE module of the UE for processing, which is not detailed in the sixth embodiment.
下面重点介绍实施例六中上行数据的传输;  The following focuses on the transmission of uplink data in Embodiment 6;
如图 27所示, 为本发明实施例六提供的上行数据传输方法流程图, 包括 以下步骤:  As shown in FIG. 27, a flowchart of an uplink data transmission method according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention includes the following steps:
S2701 : UE将需要发送给 eNB的上行数据分流给 AP。  S2701: The UE offloads the uplink data that needs to be sent to the eNB to the AP.
如图 28所示, 为实施例六中的上行数据分流示意图。 UE1向 AP分别发 送 WLAN数据和 LTE数据; UE2向 AP发送 WLAN数据。  As shown in FIG. 28, it is a schematic diagram of uplink data splitting in Embodiment 6. UE1 sends WLAN data and LTE data to the AP respectively; UE2 sends WLAN data to the AP.
S2702: AP根据上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE标识的组合与数据类型 的对应关系,以及 UE1发送的上行数据中标识域的取值和该 UE1的 UE标识, 确定该上行数据的数据类型,在确定所述上行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据后, 将所述上行数据发送给 eNB进行处理。  S2702: The AP determines the data type of the uplink data according to the mapping between the value of the identifier field in the uplink data and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type, and the value of the identifier field in the uplink data sent by the UE1 and the UE identifier of the UE1. After determining that the data type of the uplink data is LTE data, the uplink data is sent to an eNB for processing.
该步骤中, UE1将向 AP发送的上行数据中标识域取值为标识数据类型为 LTE数据的值。 其中, 标识域可以有以下几种形式:  In this step, the value of the identifier field in the uplink data sent by the UE1 to the AP is the value of the identifier data type as LTE data. The identification domain can have the following forms:
1 )该标识域为 802.11帧中的 TID。 该 TID位于 MAC头中的服务质量控 制域( Qos control field )。 比如, 可以采用支持 LTE分流聚合的 UE的 UE标 识和 TID6的组合来标识数据类型为 LTE数据; 可以采用不支持 LTE分流聚 合的 UE的 UE标识和 TID7的组合来标识数据类型为 WLAN数据。  1) The identification field is the TID in the 802.11 frame. The TID is located in the Qos control field in the MAC header. For example, the combination of the UE identity and the TID6 of the UE supporting the LTE offload aggregation may be used to identify the data type as LTE data; the combination of the UE identity and the TID7 of the UE that does not support the LTE offload aggregation may be used to identify the data type as WLAN data.
在具体实施过程中, TID的取值和 UE标识的组合与数据类型的对应关系 可以由 eNB确定并下发, 比如, eNB通过 RRC重配置消息或广播消息向 AP 下发该对应关系。 或者, TID的取值和 UE标识的组合与数据类型的对应关系 也可以由 AP确定并通知给 e B。 具体地, AP在接收到 eNB发送给 UE的下 行数据后, 从已存在的 TID值中为该下行数据选择一个 TID值(可以随机选 择), 并发送给 eNB, 同时, AP确定选择的 TID的取值和该 UE的 UE标识 的组合所对应的上行数据的数据类型为 LTE数据。 或者, TID 的取值和 UE 标识的组合与数据类型的对应关系也可以是由协议中预先配置的, AP和 UE 根据协议预先配置的对应关系进行数据汇聚。 In a specific implementation process, the mapping between the value of the TID and the combination of the UE and the data type may be determined by the eNB and sent, for example, the eNB sends an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message to the AP. The corresponding relationship is issued. Alternatively, the correspondence between the combination of the value of the TID and the UE identifier and the data type may also be determined by the AP and notified to the e B. Specifically, after receiving the downlink data sent by the eNB to the UE, the AP selects a TID value (which may be randomly selected) from the existing TID value for the downlink data, and sends the TID to the eNB, and the AP determines the selected TID. The data type of the uplink data corresponding to the combination of the value and the UE identity of the UE is LTE data. Alternatively, the correspondence between the combination of the TID value and the UE identifier and the data type may be pre-configured by the protocol, and the AP and the UE perform data aggregation according to the pre-configured correspondence relationship of the protocol.
TID 除用于标识数据类型外, 还可以用于标识具体的分流方式, 这里, 分流方式可以包括从 PDCP层分流和从 RLC层分流。 比如, 支持 LTE分流聚 合的 UE的 UE标识和 TID5的组合, 以及支持 LTE分流聚合的 UE的 UE标 识和 TID6的组合都可以用于标识数据类型为 LTE数据, 则其中的 TID5可具 体标识从 UE的 PDCP层分流, TID6具体标识从 UE的 RLC层分流。  The TID can be used to identify a specific traffic distribution mode. The traffic distribution mode can be implemented by offloading from the PDCP layer and offloading from the RLC layer. For example, the combination of the UE identity and the TID5 of the UE supporting the LTE offload aggregation, and the combination of the UE identity and the TID6 of the UE supporting the LTE offload aggregation may be used to identify the data type as LTE data, and the TID5 may specifically identify the UE from the UE. The PDCP layer is offloaded, and the TID6 specifically identifies the offload from the RLC layer of the UE.
2 )该标识域为帧控制域(frame control field )里的帧 type; 这里, 帧控 制域中的帧 type除控制 (control ), 数据 (data )和管理(management )三种 类型外, 还有一个预留位(Reserved, typell ), 可以釆用该预留位来指示数据 类型。  2) The identification field is a frame type in a frame control field; here, the frame type in the frame control domain is in addition to control, data (data) and management (management), and A reserved bit (Reserved, typell) that can be used to indicate the data type.
在具体实施过程中, 帧 type和 UE标识的组合与数据类型的对应关系可 以由 eNB确定并下发, 比如, eNB通过 RRC重配置消息或广播消息向 AP下 发该对应关系。 也可以是由协议中预先配置的。  In a specific implementation, the correspondence between the combination of the frame type and the UE identifier and the data type may be determined and sent by the eNB. For example, the eNB sends the correspondence to the AP through an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. It can also be pre-configured by the protocol.
帧 type的预留位 typell有 16种子类型( subtype )取值 0000-1111 , 可以 采用不同的 subtype取值标识分流方式,比如可以采用 subtypeOOOO标识从 UE 的 PDCP层分流, 釆用 subtypellll标识从 UE的 RLC层分流。  The reserved bit typell of the frame type has 16 seed types (subtypes) of 0000-1111. Different subtype values can be used to identify the offloading mode. For example, the subtypeOOOO identifier can be used to offload from the PDCP layer of the UE, and the subtypellll is used to identify the slave UE. The RLC layer is shunted.
3 )该标识域为 MAC payload中的类型域(或称 type协议号); 这里, 可 以通过在 802.11帧 MAC payload的类型域中添加 PDCP或 RLC, 用于标识上 行数据对应的数据类型为 LTE数据。若 eNB支持多种分流方式,可以在 802.11 帧 MAC payload的类型域中同时添加 PDCP和 RLC,若只支持一种分流方式, 则在 802.11帧 MAC payload的类型域中只添加 PDCP或 RLC。 在具体实施过程中, MAC payload 中的类型域所标识的具体含义(也即 类型域与数据类型或分流方式的对应关系 )对于 eNB、 AP和 UE可以是已知 的, 比如可以是在协议中预先规定的。 3) The identifier field is a type field (or a type protocol number) in the MAC payload. Here, the PDCP or the RLC may be added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload, and the data type corresponding to the uplink data is used to identify the LTE data. . If the eNB supports multiple types of traffic distribution, you can add both PDCP and RLC in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. If only one type of traffic distribution is supported, only PDCP or RLC is added in the type field of the 802.11 frame MAC payload. In a specific implementation process, the specific meaning of the type field in the MAC payload (that is, the correspondence between the type field and the data type or the offload mode) may be known to the eNB, the AP, and the UE, for example, in the protocol. Pre-specified.
如图 28所示, AP在接收到 UE1发送的上行数据后, 首先根据该 UE1的 UE标识, 判断该 UE1是否为支持 LTE分流汇聚的 UE, 在确定是后, 则进一 步判断上行数据中的标识域所标识的数据类型是否为 LTE数据, 如果是, 则 该上行数据汇聚到 eNB的协议层进行处理, 如果不是, 则将该上行数据直接 发送至 internet AP在接收到 UE2发送的上行数据后, 首先根据该 UE2的 UE标识, 判断该 UE2是否为支持 LTE分流汇聚的 UE, 确定不是, 则将该 UE2发送的上行数据直接发送至 mtemet。  As shown in FIG. 28, after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE1, the AP first determines whether the UE1 is a UE that supports LTE offload aggregation according to the UE identifier of the UE1, and further determines the identifier in the uplink data after determining the yes. Whether the data type identified by the domain is LTE data. If yes, the uplink data is aggregated to the protocol layer of the eNB for processing. If not, the uplink data is directly sent to the internet AP after receiving the uplink data sent by the UE2. First, according to the UE identity of the UE2, it is determined whether the UE2 is a UE supporting LTE offload aggregation, and if not, the uplink data sent by the UE2 is directly sent to the mtemet.
实施例七  Example 7
该实施例中, 可将上述实施例五和实施例六的思想结合实施。 具体地, 在下行数据传输时,通过下行数据中标识域和 BSSID的组合来标识数据类型, 该标识域和 BSSID的组合与数据类型的对应关系可以通过第一汇聚指示信息 来指示。在上行数据传输时, 通过上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE标识的组合 来标识数据类型,该标识域的取值和 UE标识的组合与数据类型的对应关系可 以通过第二汇聚指示信息来指示。 具体实施可分别参见上述实施例五和实施 例六, 这里不再赘述。  In this embodiment, the ideas of the above-described fifth embodiment and the sixth embodiment can be combined and implemented. Specifically, in the downlink data transmission, the data type is identified by a combination of the identifier field and the BSSID in the downlink data, and the correspondence between the combination of the identifier field and the BSSID and the data type may be indicated by the first convergence indication information. In the uplink data transmission, the data type is identified by the combination of the value of the identifier field and the UE identifier in the uplink data, and the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type may be through the second convergence indication information. Instructions. For details, refer to the foregoing Embodiment 5 and Embodiment 6, and details are not described herein again.
基于同一发明构思, 本发明实施例中还提供了一种与数据传输方法对应 的数据传输装置, 由于该装置解决问题的原理与本发明实施例数据传输方法 相似, 因此该装置的实施可以参见方法的实施, 重复之处不再赘述。  Based on the same inventive concept, a data transmission device corresponding to the data transmission method is further provided in the embodiment of the present invention. Since the principle of solving the problem is similar to the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present invention, the implementation of the device can be referred to the method. The implementation, the repetition will not be repeated.
如图 29所示,为本发明实施例八提供的数据传输装置结构示意图, 包括: 接收模块 291 , 用于接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送给用户设备 UE的下 行数据;  As shown in FIG. 29, a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention includes: a receiving module 291, configured to receive downlink data sent by a non-cellular wireless access device to a user equipment UE;
确定模块 292 ,用于根据用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信 息, 确定所述接收模块 291接收的所述下行数据的数据类型;  a determining module 292, configured to determine, according to the first aggregation indication information used to indicate the data type of the downlink data, the data type of the downlink data received by the receiving module 291;
处理模块 293 ,用于在所述确定模块 292确定所述下行数据的数据类型为 蜂窝网数据后, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。 The processing module 293 is configured to determine, at the determining module 292, that the data type of the downlink data is After the cellular data, the downlink data is processed using a cellular network protocol.
可选地, 所述接收模块 291还用于:  Optionally, the receiving module 291 is further configured to:
接收蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消 息发送的所述第一汇聚指示信息。  Receiving, by the radio network access device, the first aggregation indication information that is sent by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
可选地, 所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类 型的对应关系;所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话 务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的 类型域; 或者,  Optionally, the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, where the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header. Or the frame type in the frame control domain of the MAC header, or the type field in the MAC payload; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
可选地, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分 流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和 从无线链路控制 RLC层分流;  Optionally, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link Diversion
所述处理模块 293具体用于:  The processing module 293 is specifically configured to:
在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所述下行数据中 标识域的取值所对应的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
可选地, 所述接收模块 291 还用于, 在接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送 的下行数据之前,接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的用于查询所述 UE的能力信 息的聚合能力查询消息;  Optionally, the receiving module 291 is further configured to: before receiving the downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device, receive an aggregation capability query sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network to query capability information of the UE. Message
所述装置还包括: 发送模块 294, 用于向所述蜂窝网无线接入设备反馈所 述 UE的能力信息, 所述能力信息用于指示所述蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  The device further includes: a sending module 294, configured to feed back, to the cellular network radio access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE, the radio access device, has a cellular The ability of the network protocol to process downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
如图 30所示,为本发明实施例九提供的数据传输装置结构示意图, 包括: 确定模块 301 , 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确 定用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为非蜂 窝网数据或蜂窝网数据; As shown in FIG. 30, a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention includes: a determining module 301, configured to determine, after the cellular data is transmitted by a non-cellular wireless access device, the downlink data is used to indicate downlink data. First convergence indication information of the data type; the data type is non-bee Nest data or cellular data;
发送模块 302,用于将所述确定模块 301确定的第一汇聚指示信息发送给 所述 UE。  The sending module 302 is configured to send the first aggregation indication information determined by the determining module 301 to the UE.
可选地, 所述发送模块 302具体用于: 通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消 息或者广播消息, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE。  Optionally, the sending module 302 is specifically configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
可选地, 所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类 型的对应关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者, 所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  Optionally, the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, where the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a MAC header. a frame type in the frame control domain, or a type field in the MAC payload; or, the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the basic service set identifier BSSID and the data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
可选地, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分 流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和 从无线链路控制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于 所述 UE确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式,使用蜂窝网协 议处理所述下行数据。  Optionally, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link The corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the split mode is used by the UE to determine a split mode of the data of the cellular network, and the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol based on the determined split mode.
可选地, 若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关 系, 则所述确定模块 301 具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝 网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后,确定该 TID 的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  Optionally, if the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type, the determining module 301 is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, The downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the value corresponding to the TID The data type is cellular data; or,
若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 BSSID和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型的 对应关系, 则所述确定模块 301 具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传 输蜂窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在 接收到所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确 定所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备的 BSSID和该 TID的取值的组合对应的数据类 型为蜂窝网数据。 If the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the BSSID and the TID and the data type, the determining module 301 is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Sending the downlink data to the non-cellular network radio access device, and determining the wireless connection of the non-cellular network after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data. Data class corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the device and the value of the TID The type is cellular data.
可选地, 所述发送模块 302还用于, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所 述 UE之前, 向所述 UE发送用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消 所述装置还包括: 接收模块 303, 用于接收所述 UE反馈的能力信息, 所 述能力信息用于指示蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理 非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  Optionally, the sending module 302 is further configured to: before sending the first aggregation indication information to the UE, send, by the UE, an aggregation capability query cancellation device for querying capability information of the UE The method further includes: a receiving module 303, configured to receive capability information that is sent by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network radio access device has a downlink that is sent by the non-cellular wireless access device by using a cellular network protocol. The ability of data.
如图 31所示,为本发明实施例十提供的数据传输装置结构示意图, 包括: 接收模块 311 , 用于接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据;  As shown in FIG. 31, a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention includes: a receiving module 311, configured to receive uplink data sent by a user equipment UE;
确定模块 312 ,用于根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信 息, 确定所述接收模块 311接收的所述上行数据的数据类型;  The determining module 312 is configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, the data type of the uplink data received by the receiving module 311.
发送模块 313 ,用于在所述确定模块 312确定所述上行数据的数据类型为 蜂窝网数据后, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  The sending module 313 is configured to send the uplink data to the cellular network wireless access device for processing after the determining module 312 determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data.
可选地,所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对 应关系; 或者,  Optionally, the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的组合 与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
可选地, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分 流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和 从无线链路控制 RLC层分流;  Optionally, the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offloading manner includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link Diversion
所述发送模块 313具体用于:  The sending module 313 is specifically configured to:
在所述确定模块确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所 述上行数据中标识域的取值对应的分流方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网 无线接入设备进行处理。 After the determining module determines that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, sending the uplink data to the cellular network according to the offloading manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. The wireless access device performs processing.
可选地, 若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关 系, 则所述确定模块 312还用于: 在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发送给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定在接收的上行数 据中所述选择的 TID的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  Optionally, if the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type, the determining module 312 is further configured to: receive downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE by the wireless access device of the cellular network. After that, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data; or
若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 UE标识和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型 的对应关系, 则所述确定模块 312还用于: 在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需 要发送给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定所述 UE的 UE标识和接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值的组合对应的数据 类型为蜂窝网数据。  If the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the UE identifier and the TID and the data type, the determining module 312 is further configured to: after receiving the downlink that the cellular network radio access device needs to send to the UE After the data, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
可选地, 所述接收模块 311还用于, 在接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据 之前, 接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的所述第二汇聚指示信息。  Optionally, the receiving module 311 is further configured to: before receiving the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE, receive the second convergence indication information sent by the wireless network access device of the cellular network.
如图 32所示, 为本发明实施例十一提供的数据传输装置结构示意图, 包 括:  As shown in FIG. 32, it is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention, which includes:
确定模块 321, 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确 定用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为蜂窝 网数据或非蜂窝网数据;  The determining module 321 is configured to determine second convergence indication information used to indicate a data type of the uplink data after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data ;
发送模块 322,用于将所述确定模块 321确定的第二汇聚指示信息发送给 蜂窝网无线接入设备。  The sending module 322 is configured to send the second convergence indication information determined by the determining module 321 to the cellular network wireless access device.
可选地,所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对 应关系; 或者,  Optionally, the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括所述上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的 组合与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
可选地, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分 流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和 从无线链路控制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流 方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。 Optionally, the second aggregation indication information further includes: the value and the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. Corresponding relationship of the flow mode; the splitting mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and the RLC layer from the radio link control; the correspondence between the value of the identifier domain and the offload mode is used for the non-cellular network wireless The access device determines a split mode of the data of the cellular network, and sends the uplink data to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing according to the determined splitting manner.
如图 33所示, 为本发明实施例十二提供的数据传输装置结构示意图, 包 括:  As shown in FIG. 33, it is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 12 of the present invention, which includes:
接收器 331 , 用于接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送给用户设备 UE的下行 数据;  The receiver 331 is configured to receive downlink data that is sent by the non-cellular network radio access device to the user equipment UE.
处理器 332 , 用于根据用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信 息, 确定所述接收器 331 接收的所述下行数据的数据类型; 在确定所述下行 数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  The processor 332 is configured to determine, according to the first aggregation indication information used to indicate the data type of the downlink data, the data type of the downlink data received by the receiver 331; and determine that the data type of the downlink data is a cellular network. After the data, the downlink data is processed using a cellular network protocol.
可选地, 所述接收器 331还用于:  Optionally, the receiver 331 is further configured to:
接收蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消 息发送的所述第一汇聚指示信息。  Receiving, by the radio network access device, the first aggregation indication information that is sent by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
可选地, 在第二种可能的实现方式中,  Optionally, in a second possible implementation manner,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
可选地, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分 流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和 从无线链路控制 RLC层分流;  Optionally, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link Diversion
所述处理器 332具体用于: 在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所述下行数据中 标识域的取值所对应的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。 The processor 332 is specifically configured to: After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
可选地, 所述接收器 331 还用于, 在接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的 下行数据之前,接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的用于查询所述 UE的能力信息 的聚合能力查询消息;  Optionally, the receiver 331 is further configured to: before receiving the downlink data sent by the non-cellular network radio access device, receive an aggregation capability query sent by the radio network access device of the cellular network to query the capability information of the UE. Message
所述装置还包括: 发射器 333 , 用于向所述蜂窝网无线接入设备反馈所述 UE的能力信息, 所述能力信息用于指示所述蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE具 有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  The device further includes: a transmitter 333, configured to feed back, to the cellular network radio access device, capability information of the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE, the radio access device, has a cellular The ability of the network protocol to process downlink data sent by non-cellular wireless access devices.
如图 34所示, 为本发明实施例十三提供的数据传输装置结构示意图, 包 括:  As shown in FIG. 34, it is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 13 of the present invention, which includes:
处理器 341 , 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定 用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为非蜂窝 网数据或蜂窝网数据;  The processor 341 is configured to determine, according to the non-cellular network radio access device, the first aggregation indication information that is used to indicate the data type of the downlink data, where the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data. ;
发射器 342,用于将所述处理器 341确定的第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 a transmitter 342, configured to send the first convergence indication information determined by the processor 341 to the
UE。 UE.
可选地, 所述发射器 342具体用于: 通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息 或者广播消息, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE。  Optionally, the transmitter 342 is specifically configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
可选地, 所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类 型的对应关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者, 所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  Optionally, the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data, where the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a MAC header. a frame type in the frame control domain, or a type field in the MAC payload; or, the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the basic service set identifier BSSID and the data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
可选地, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分 流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和 从无线链路控制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于 所述 UE确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式,使用蜂窝网协 议处理所述下行数据。 Optionally, the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link The corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the split mode is used for The UE determines a manner of offloading the cellular network data, and processes the downlink data using a cellular network protocol based on the determined offloading manner.
可选地, 若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关 系, 则所述处理器 341 具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网 数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到所 述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定该 TID 的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  Optionally, if the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type, the processor 341 is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, The downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the value corresponding to the TID The data type is cellular data; or,
若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 BSSID和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型的 对应关系, 则所述处理器 341 具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输 蜂窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接 收到所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备的 BSSID和该 TID的取值的组合对应的数据类型 为蜂窝网数据。  If the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the BSSID and the TID and the data type, the processor 341 is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Sending the downlink data to the non-cellular network radio access device, and determining the wireless connection of the non-cellular network after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data. The data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the incoming device and the value of the TID is cellular data.
可选地, 所述发射器 342还用于, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE之前,向所述 UE发送用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消息; 所述装置还包括: 接收器 343 , 用于接收所述 UE反馈的能力信息, 所述 能力信息用于指示蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非 蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  Optionally, the transmitter 342 is further configured to: send an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE to the UE, before sending the first aggregation indication information to the UE; The device further includes: a receiver 343, configured to receive capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network radio access device has used the cellular network protocol to process the non-cellular wireless access device. The ability to downlink data.
如图 35所示, 为本发明实施例十四提供的数据传输装置结构示意图, 包 括:  As shown in FIG. 35, it is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 14 of the present invention, which includes:
接收器 351 , 用于接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据;  The receiver 351 is configured to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment UE.
处理器 352 , 用于根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信 息, 确定所述接收器 351接收的所述上行数据的数据类型;  The processor 352 is configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, the data type of the uplink data received by the receiver 351.
发射器 353 ,用于在所述处理器 352确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝 网数据后, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  The transmitter 353 is configured to: after the processor 352 determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data, send the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
可选地,所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对 应关系; 或者, 所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型 , 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者, Optionally, the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data; or The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的组合 与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
可选地, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分 流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和 从无线链路控制 RLC层分流;  Optionally, the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offloading manner includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link Diversion
所述发射器 353具体用于:  The transmitter 353 is specifically configured to:
在所述处理器 352确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据 所述上行数据中标识域的取值对应的分流方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝 网无线接入设备进行处理。  After the processor 352 determines that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the uplink data is sent to the wireless access device of the cellular network according to the offloading manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. deal with.
可选地, 若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关 系, 则所述处理器 352还用于: 在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发送给 UE 的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定在接收的上行数据 中所述选择的 TID的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  Optionally, if the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type, the processor 352 is further configured to: receive downlink data that needs to be sent to the UE by the wireless access device of the cellular network. After that, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data; or
若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 UE标识和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型 的对应关系, 则所述处理器 352还用于: 在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要 发送给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定所述 UE 的 UE标识和接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值的组合对应的数据类 型为蜂窝网数据。  If the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the UE identifier and the TID and the data type, the processor 352 is further configured to: receive the downlink that the wireless network access device needs to send to the UE after receiving the wireless network access device After the data, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
可选地, 所述接收器 351还用于 ,在接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据之 前, 接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的所述第二汇聚指示信息。  Optionally, the receiver 351 is further configured to: receive the second convergence indication information sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network, before receiving the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE.
如图 36所示, 为本发明实施例十五提供的数据传输装置结构示意图, 包 括:  36 is a schematic structural diagram of a data transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 15 of the present invention, which includes:
处理器 361 , 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定 用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为蜂窝网 数据或非蜂窝网数据; The processor 361 is configured to determine, after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Second convergence indication information indicating a data type of the uplink data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data;
发射器 362,用于将所述处理器 361确定的第二汇聚指示信息发送给蜂窝 网无线接入设备。  The transmitter 362 is configured to send the second convergence indication information determined by the processor 361 to the cellular network wireless access device.
可选地,所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对 应关系; 或者,  Optionally, the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括所述上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的 组合与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
可选地, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分 流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和 从无线链路控制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流 方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  Optionally, the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offloading manner includes offloading from the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer and controlling the RLC layer from the radio link And the corresponding relationship between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the non-cellular network radio access device to determine a traffic split mode of the cellular network data, and send the uplink data to the cellular network based on the determined split mode The wireless access device performs processing.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和简洁, 仅以上 述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明, 实际应用中, 可以根据需要而将上述功 能分配由不同的功能模块完成, 即将设备的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块, 以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。 上述描述的***, 设备和单元的具体 工作过程, 可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。 It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that, for convenience and brevity of description, only the division of each functional module described above is exemplified. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function assignment can be completed by different functional modules as needed. The internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to perform all or part of the functions described above. For the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above, reference may be made to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的***, 设备和 方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的设备实施例仅仅是示 意性的, 例如, 所述模块或单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实 现时可以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到 另一个***, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相 互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 设备或单元的间 接耦合或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。 为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。 可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或 者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。 In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be used. Combined or can be integrated into Another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise. The components displayed for the unit may or may not be physical units, ie may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单 元中。 上述集成的单元既可以釆用硬件的形式实现, 也可以釆用软件功能单 元的形式实现。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software function unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售 或使用时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本 申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的 全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来, 该计算机软件产品存储在一个 存储介质中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor )执行本申请各个实施例所述 方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前述的存储介质包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存 储器(ROM, Read-Only Memory ), 随机存取存储器(RAM, Random Access Memory )、 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。  The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, in essence or the contribution to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. The instructions include a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述, 以上实施例仅用以对本申请的技术方案进行了详细介绍, 但 以上实施例的说明只是用于帮助理解本发明的方法及其核心思想, 不应理解 为对本发明的限制。 本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可 轻易想到的变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。  The above embodiments are only used to describe the technical solutions of the present application in detail, but the description of the above embodiments is only for helping to understand the method and the core idea of the present invention, and should not be construed as limiting the present invention. Those skilled in the art will be able to devise variations or alternatives that are conceivable within the scope of the present invention.

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 该方法包括:  A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
用户设备 UE接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据;  The user equipment UE receives downlink data sent by the non-cellular network wireless access device;
所述 UE根据用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息,确定接 收的所述下行数据的数据类型;  Determining, by the UE, the data type of the received downlink data according to the first convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the downlink data;
所述 UE在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后,使用蜂窝网协 议处理所述下行数据。  After determining that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data, the UE processes the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol.
2、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还包括:  2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
所述 UE接收蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或 者广播消息发送的所述第一汇聚指示信息。  And the UE receives the first convergence indication information that is sent by the cellular network radio access device by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
3、 如权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于,  3. The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
4、 如权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包 括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控制 RLC层分流;  The method according to claim 3, wherein the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identification domain and the traffic distribution mode in the downlink data; the traffic distribution mode includes a packet data convergence protocol The PDCP layer offloads and controls the RLC layer to be offloaded from the radio link;
所述 UE在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后,使用蜂窝网协 议处理所述下行数据, 包括:  After determining, by the UE, that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data, the UE uses the cellular network protocol to process the downlink data, including:
所述 UE在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后,根据所述下行 数据中标识域的取值所对应的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。 After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the UE processes the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol according to a split mode corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
5、 如权利要求 1〜4任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE接收非蜂窝 网无线接入设备发送的下行数据之前, 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein before the UE receives the downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device, the method further includes:
所述 UE接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的 聚合能力查询消息;  Receiving, by the UE, an aggregation capability query message sent by the cellular network radio access device for querying capability information of the UE;
所述 UE向所述蜂窝网无线接入设备反馈自身的能力信息,所述能力信息 用于指示所述蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝 网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  Transmitting, by the UE, the capability information of the UE to the wireless access device of the cellular network, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network wireless access device has used the cellular network protocol to process the wireless access device of the non-cellular network. The ability to downlink data.
6、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 该方法包括:  6. A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为非 蜂窝网数据或蜂窝网数据;  After the cellular wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data by the non-cellular wireless access device, the first aggregation indication information for indicating the data type of the downlink data is determined; the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data. ;
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE。  The cellular network radio access device sends the first aggregation indication information to the UE.
7、 如权利要求 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备将 所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE, 包括:  The method of claim 6, wherein the transmitting, by the cellular network access device, the first aggregation indication information to the UE includes:
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消 息, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE。  The cellular network radio access device sends the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
8、 如权利要求 6或 7所述的方法, 其特征在于,  8. The method of claim 6 or 7, wherein
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
9、 如权利要求 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还包 括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括从 分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控制 RLC层分流; 所述标识域 的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述 UE确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式,并基 于确定的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。 The method according to claim 8, wherein the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes a packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer offloading and offloading from the radio link control RLC layer; the identification domain The correspondence between the value and the split mode is used by the UE to determine a split mode of the cellular network data, and the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol based on the determined split mode.
10、 如权利要求 8或 9所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述第一汇聚指示 信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则所述蜂窝网无线接入设备在 需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定第一汇聚指示信息, 包 括: 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据 时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到所述非 蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定该 TID的取 值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein, if the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a value of a TID and a data type, the cellular network wireless access device needs a non-cellular After the network wireless access device transmits the cellular network data, determining the first convergence indication information, including: the cellular network wireless access device sending the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device when the cellular network data is required to be transmitted The non-cellular network radio access device, after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining that the data type corresponding to the TID value is cellular network data Or,
若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 BSSID和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型的 对应关系, 则所述蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂 窝网数据后, 确定第一汇聚指示信息, 包括: 所述蜂窝网无线接入设备在需 要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非 蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数 据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备的 BSSID和该 TID 的取值的组合对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据。  If the first convergence indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of values of the BSSID and the TID and a data type, the cellular network radio access device determines that after the non-cellular wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data a convergence indication information, including: the cellular network wireless access device sends the downlink data to the non-cellular wireless access device when receiving the cellular network data by the non-cellular wireless access device, and receiving After the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular wireless access device for the downlink data, determining that the data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the non-cellular wireless access device and the value of the TID is a cellular network data.
11、 如权利要求 6〜10任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述蜂窝网无线接 入设备将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE之前, 还包括:  The method according to any one of claims 6 to 10, wherein before the sending, by the cellular network, the first aggregation indication information to the UE, the method further includes:
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备向所述 UE发送用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的 聚合能力查询消息;  The cellular network radio access device sends, to the UE, an aggregation capability query message for querying capability information of the UE;
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备接收所述 UE反馈的能力信息,所述能力信息用 于指示蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝网无线 接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  The cellular network radio access device receives capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network radio access device has used the cellular network protocol to process downlink data sent by the non-cellular wireless access device. Ability.
12、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 该方法包括:  12. A data transmission method, characterized in that the method comprises:
非蜂窝网无线接入设备接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据;  The non-cellular network radio access device receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE;
所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇 聚指示信息, 确定所述上行数据的数据类型; 在确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 将所述上行数据发送 到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。 Determining, by the non-cellular network radio access device, the data type of the uplink data according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data; After determining that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data, the uplink data is sent to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
13、 如权利要求 12所述的方法, 其特征在于,  13. The method of claim 12, wherein
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的组合 与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
14、 如权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还 包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括 从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控制 RLC层分流;  The method according to claim 13, wherein the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offload mode includes a packet data convergence protocol The PDCP layer offloads and controls the RLC layer to be offloaded from the radio link;
所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备在确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数 据后, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理, 包括:  After determining that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the non-cellular wireless access device sends the uplink data to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing, including:
所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备在确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数 据后, 根据所述上行数据中标识域的取值对应的分流方式, 将所述上行数据 发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  After determining that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the non-cellular network radio access device sends the uplink data to the cellular network according to the offloading manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. Access the device for processing.
15、 如权利要求 13或 14所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述第二汇聚指 示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则所述方法还包括: 所述非 蜂窝网无线接入设备在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发送给 UE 的下行数 据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定在接收的上行数据中所述选 择的 TID的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein, if the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a value of the TID and a data type, the method further includes: the non-cellular network wireless After receiving the downlink data that the cellular network radio access device needs to send to the UE, the access device selects a value of the TID for the downlink data, and determines that the value of the selected TID corresponds to the received uplink data. The data type is cellular data; or,
若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 UE标识和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型 的对应关系, 则所述方法还包括: 所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备在接收到蜂窝 网无线接入设备需要发送给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的 取值,并确定所述 UE的 UE标识和接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值 的组合对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数据。 If the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the UE identifier and the TID and the data type, the method further includes: the non-cellular network wireless access device receiving the wireless access device of the cellular network After the downlink data needs to be sent to the UE, the TID is selected for the downlink data. The data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is cellular data.
16、 如权利要求 12~14任一所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述非蜂窝网无 线接入设备接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据之前, 还包括:  The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein before the non-cellular network wireless access device receives the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE, the method further includes:
所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的所述第二汇 聚指示信息。  The non-cellular network radio access device receives the second convergence indication information sent by the cellular network radio access device.
17、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 该方法包括:  17. A data transmission method, the method comprising:
蜂窝网无线接入设备在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为蜂 窝网数据或非蜂窝网数据;  After the cellular wireless access device needs to transmit the cellular network data by the non-cellular wireless access device, determining, by the non-cellular wireless access device, the second convergence indication information for indicating the data type of the uplink data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data. ;
所述蜂窝网无线接入设备将所述第二汇聚指示信息发送给蜂窝网无线接 入设备。  The cellular network wireless access device transmits the second aggregation indication information to the cellular network wireless access device.
18、 如权利要求 17所述的方法, 其特征在于,  18. The method of claim 17 wherein:
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括所述上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的 组合与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
19、 如权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还 包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括 从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控制 RLC层分流; 所述标识 域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备确定蜂窝网 数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无 线接入设备进行处理。 The method according to claim 18, wherein the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offload mode includes a packet data convergence protocol The PDCP layer offloads and controls the RLC layer to be offloaded from the radio link; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the non-cellular network radio access device to determine the offload mode of the cellular network data, and based on the determined offload The method sends the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
20、 一种数据传输装置, 其特征在于, 该装置包括: 20. A data transmission device, the device comprising:
接收模块,用于接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送给用户设备 UE的下行数 据;  a receiving module, configured to receive downlink data that is sent by the non-cellular wireless access device to the user equipment UE;
确定模块, 用于根据用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息, 确定所述接收模块接收的所述下行数据的数据类型;  a determining module, configured to determine, according to the first convergence indication information used to indicate a data type of the downlink data, a data type of the downlink data received by the receiving module;
处理模块, 用于在所述确定模块确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网 数据后, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  And a processing module, configured to process the downlink data by using a cellular network protocol after the determining module determines that the data type of the downlink data is cellular network data.
21、 如权利要求 20所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块还用于: 接收蜂窝网无线接入设备通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消 息发送的所述第一汇聚指示信息。  The device according to claim 20, wherein the receiving module is further configured to: receive, by the cellular network radio access device, the first aggregation indication information that is sent by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message. .
22、 如权利要求 20或 21所述的装置, 其特征在于,  22. Apparatus according to claim 20 or claim 21 wherein:
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the media access control MAC header, or a MAC header. The frame type in the frame control domain, or the type field in the MAC payload payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
23、 如权利要求 22所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还 包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括 从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控制 RLC层分流;  The device according to claim 22, wherein the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes a packet data convergence protocol The PDCP layer offloads and controls the RLC layer to be offloaded from the radio link;
所述处理模块具体用于:  The processing module is specifically configured to:
在确定所述下行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所述下行数据中 标识域的取值所对应的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  After determining that the data type of the downlink data is the cellular network data, the downlink data is processed by using a cellular network protocol according to a splitting manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the downlink data.
24、 如权利要求 20~23任一所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块还 用于, 在接收非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据之前, 接收蜂窝网无线 接入设备发送的用于查询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消息; 所述装置还包括: 发送模块, 用于向所述蜂窝网无线接入设备反馈所述 UE的能力信息, 所述能力信息用于指示所述蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE具 有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。 The device according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein the receiving module is further configured to: receive the wireless network of the cellular network before receiving the downlink data sent by the wireless access device of the non-cellular network The aggregation capability query message sent by the access device for querying the capability information of the UE, the device further includes: a sending module, configured to feed back the capability information of the UE to the wireless access device of the cellular network, where The capability information is used to indicate that the UE wireless access device has the capability to process downlink data transmitted by the non-cellular wireless access device using a cellular network protocol.
25、 一种数据传输装置, 其特征在于, 该装置包括:  25. A data transmission device, the device comprising:
确定模块, 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定 用于指示下行数据的数据类型的第一汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为非蜂窝 网数据或蜂窝网数据;  a determining module, configured to determine first convergence indication information for indicating a data type of the downlink data after the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data; the data type is non-cellular network data or cellular network data;
发送模块, 用于将所述确定模块确定的第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 a sending module, configured to send, by the determining module, first aggregation indication information to the
UE。 UE.
26、 如权利要求 25所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述发送模块具体用于: 通过无线资源控制 RRC重配置消息或者广播消息, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息 发送给所述 UE。  The device according to claim 25, wherein the sending module is configured to: send the first aggregation indication information to the UE by using a radio resource to control an RRC reconfiguration message or a broadcast message.
27、 如权利要求 25或 26所述的装置, 其特征在于,  27. Apparatus according to claim 25 or claim 26 wherein:
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the downlink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中基本服务集标识 BSSID与数据类 型的对应关系; 或者,  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a basic service set identifier BSSID and a data type in the downlink data; or
所述第一汇聚指示信息包括下行数据中 BSSID和标识域的取值的组合与 数据类型的对应关系。  The first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a combination of a value of the BSSID and the identifier field in the downlink data and a data type.
28、 如权利要求 27所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第一汇聚指示信息还 包括: 下行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括 从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控制 RLC层分流; 所述标识 域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述 UE确定蜂窝网数据的分流方式,并 基于确定的分流方式, 使用蜂窝网协议处理所述下行数据。  The device according to claim 27, wherein the first aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the downlink data; the offload mode includes a packet data convergence protocol The PDCP layer offloads and controls the RLC layer to be offloaded from the radio link; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the UE to determine the offload mode of the cellular network data, and uses the cellular network protocol based on the determined offload mode. Processing the downlink data.
29、 如权利要求 27或 28所述的装置, 其特征在于, 若所述第一汇聚指 示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则所述确定模块具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所 述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收到所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下 行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定该 TID的取值对应的数据类型为蜂窝网数 据; 或者, 29. The apparatus according to claim 27 or 28, wherein if said first convergence finger The determining information includes a correspondence between the value of the TID and the data type, and the determining module is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, send the downlink data to the non-cellular network a wireless access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular wireless access device for the downlink data, determining that the data type corresponding to the value of the TID is cellular network data; or
若所述第一汇聚指示信息包括 BSSID和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型的 对应关系, 则所述确定模块具体用于: 在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂 窝网数据时, 将所述下行数据发送给所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备, 并在接收 到所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备为所述下行数据选择的 TID的取值后, 确定所 述非蜂窝网无线接入设备的 BSSID和该 TID的取值的组合对应的数据类型为 蜂窝网数据。  If the first aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the BSSID and the TID and the data type, the determining module is specifically configured to: when the non-cellular wireless access device is required to transmit the cellular network data, Determining, the downlink data is sent to the non-cellular network radio access device, and after receiving the value of the TID selected by the non-cellular network radio access device for the downlink data, determining the non-cellular network radio access The data type corresponding to the combination of the BSSID of the device and the value of the TID is cellular data.
30、 如权利要求 25~29任一所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述发送模块还 用于, 将所述第一汇聚指示信息发送给所述 UE之前, 向所述 UE发送用于查 询所述 UE的能力信息的聚合能力查询消息;  The device according to any one of claims 25 to 29, wherein the sending module is further configured to: before sending the first aggregation indication information to the UE, send the query to the UE An aggregation capability query message of the capability information of the UE;
所述装置还包括: 接收模块, 用于接收所述 UE反馈的能力信息, 所述能 力信息用于指示蜂窝网无线接入设备所述 UE 具有使用蜂窝网协议处理非蜂 窝网无线接入设备发送的下行数据的能力。  The device further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive capability information fed back by the UE, where the capability information is used to indicate that the UE of the cellular network wireless access device has used the cellular network protocol to process the non-cellular wireless access device to send The ability to downlink data.
31、 一种数据传输装置, 其特征在于, 该装置包括:  31. A data transmission device, the device comprising:
接收模块, 用于接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据;  a receiving module, configured to receive uplink data sent by the user equipment UE;
确定模块, 用于根据用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息, 确定所述接收模块接收的所述上行数据的数据类型;  a determining module, configured to determine, according to the second convergence indication information used to indicate the data type of the uplink data, a data type of the uplink data received by the receiving module;
发送模块, 用于在所述确定模块确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网 数据后, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无线接入设备进行处理。  And a sending module, configured to: after the determining module determines that the data type of the uplink data is cellular network data, send the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
32、 如权利要求 13所述的装置, 其特征在于,  32. Apparatus according to claim 13 wherein:
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为媒体接入控制 MAC 头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者, The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data. The identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in a quality of service control domain in a media access control MAC header, or a frame type in a frame control domain in a MAC header, or a type field in a MAC payload payload; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的组合 与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
33、 如权利要求 32所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还 包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括 从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控制 RLC层分流;  The device according to claim 32, wherein the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offload mode includes a packet data convergence protocol The PDCP layer offloads and controls the RLC layer to be offloaded from the radio link;
所述发送模块具体用于:  The sending module is specifically configured to:
在所述确定模块确定所述上行数据的数据类型为蜂窝网数据后, 根据所 述上行数据中标识域的取值对应的分流方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网 无线接入设备进行处理。  After the determining module determines that the data type of the uplink data is the cellular network data, the uplink data is sent to the wireless access device of the cellular network for processing according to the offloading manner corresponding to the value of the identifier field in the uplink data. .
34、 如权利要求 32或 33所述的装置, 其特征在于, 若所述第二汇聚指 示信息包括 TID的取值与数据类型的对应关系, 则所述确定模块还用于: 在 接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发送给 UE的下行数据后,为所述下行数据选 择 TID的取值 , 并确定在接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值对应的数 据类型为蜂窝网数据; 或者,  The device according to claim 32 or 33, wherein, if the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a value of the TID and a data type, the determining module is further configured to: receive the cellular After the network radio access device needs to send the downlink data to the UE, select a value of the TID for the downlink data, and determine that the data type corresponding to the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is cellular network data; Or,
若所述第二汇聚指示信息包括 UE标识和 TID的取值的组合与数据类型 的对应关系, 则所述确定模块还用于: 在接收到蜂窝网无线接入设备需要发 送给 UE的下行数据后, 为所述下行数据选择 TID的取值, 并确定所述 UE的 UE标识和接收的上行数据中所述选择的 TID的取值的组合对应的数据类型为 蜂窝网数据。  And the determining module is further configured to: when receiving the downlink data that the cellular network radio access device needs to send to the UE, if the second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the combination of the value of the UE identifier and the TID and the data type, Then, the value of the TID is selected for the downlink data, and the data type corresponding to the combination of the UE identifier of the UE and the value of the selected TID in the received uplink data is determined to be cellular network data.
35、 如权利要求 31~33任一所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述接收模块还 用于, 在接收用户设备 UE发送的上行数据之前,接收蜂窝网无线接入设备发 送的所述第二汇聚指示信息。  The device according to any one of claims 31 to 33, wherein the receiving module is further configured to: before receiving the uplink data sent by the user equipment UE, receive the first part sent by the wireless access device of the cellular network Two convergence instructions.
36、 一种数据传输装置, 其特征在于, 该装置包括:  36. A data transmission device, the device comprising:
确定模块, 用于在需要非蜂窝网无线接入设备传输蜂窝网数据后, 确定 用于指示上行数据的数据类型的第二汇聚指示信息; 所述数据类型为蜂窝网 数据或非蜂窝网数据; a determining module, configured to determine after transmitting cellular data by a non-cellular wireless access device Second convergence indication information indicating a data type of the uplink data; the data type is cellular network data or non-cellular network data;
发送模块, 用于将所述确定模块确定的第二汇聚指示信息发送给蜂窝网 无线接入设备。  And a sending module, configured to send the second aggregation indication information determined by the determining module to the cellular network wireless access device.
37、 如权利要求 36所述的装置, 其特征在于,  37. Apparatus according to claim 36, wherein
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中 UE标识与数据类型的对应关系; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between a UE identifier and a data type in the uplink data; or
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括上行数据中标识域的取值与数据类型的对应 关系; 所述标识域为 MAC头中服务质量控制域中的话务标识 TID, 或 MAC 头中帧控制域中的帧类型, 或 MAC净荷 payload中的类型域; 或者,  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the data type in the uplink data; the identifier field is a traffic identifier TID in the quality of service control domain in the MAC header, or a frame control domain in the MAC header Frame type, or type field in the MAC payload; or,
所述第二汇聚指示信息包括所述上行数据中标识域的取值和 UE 标识的 组合与数据类型的对应关系。  The second aggregation indication information includes a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the combination of the UE identifier and the data type in the uplink data.
38、 如权利要求 37所述的装置, 其特征在于, 所述第二汇聚指示信息还 包括: 上行数据中标识域的取值与分流方式的对应关系; 所述分流方式包括 从分组数据汇聚协议 PDCP层分流和从无线链路控制 RLC层分流; 所述标识 域的取值与分流方式的对应关系用于所述非蜂窝网无线接入设备确定蜂窝网 数据的分流方式, 并基于确定的分流方式, 将所述上行数据发送到蜂窝网无 线接入设备进行处理。  The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the second aggregation indication information further includes: a correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode in the uplink data; the offload mode includes a packet data convergence protocol The PDCP layer offloads and controls the RLC layer to be offloaded from the radio link; the correspondence between the value of the identifier field and the offload mode is used by the non-cellular network radio access device to determine the offload mode of the cellular network data, and based on the determined offload The method sends the uplink data to a cellular network wireless access device for processing.
PCT/CN2014/085443 2014-08-28 2014-08-28 Data transmission method and apparatus WO2016029409A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201480022009.0A CN105557017B (en) 2014-08-28 2014-08-28 A kind of data transmission method and device
PCT/CN2014/085443 WO2016029409A1 (en) 2014-08-28 2014-08-28 Data transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/085443 WO2016029409A1 (en) 2014-08-28 2014-08-28 Data transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016029409A1 true WO2016029409A1 (en) 2016-03-03

Family

ID=55398623

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/085443 WO2016029409A1 (en) 2014-08-28 2014-08-28 Data transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105557017B (en)
WO (1) WO2016029409A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107484160A (en) * 2016-06-07 2017-12-15 ***通信有限公司研究院 Data aggregation method and device

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112351460B (en) * 2019-08-06 2022-07-19 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and related equipment
CN116112984B (en) * 2023-04-12 2023-06-09 广州赛讯信息技术有限公司 5G wireless network fusion management and control method, system, equipment and storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102892143A (en) * 2011-07-20 2013-01-23 华为技术有限公司 Data distributing method and user equipment
US20130044877A1 (en) * 2011-08-15 2013-02-21 Yong Liu Long range wlan data unit format
CN103582011A (en) * 2012-07-26 2014-02-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System and method for conducting multi-network combination transmission and user equipment

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012148444A1 (en) * 2011-04-29 2012-11-01 Intel Corporation System and method of channel control in a wireless communication system
CN103339983A (en) * 2012-09-29 2013-10-02 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method, apparatus, terminal and base station
JP6478197B2 (en) * 2014-08-12 2019-03-06 華為技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. Downlink offload and integration methods, uplink offload and integration methods, and devices

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102892143A (en) * 2011-07-20 2013-01-23 华为技术有限公司 Data distributing method and user equipment
US20130044877A1 (en) * 2011-08-15 2013-02-21 Yong Liu Long range wlan data unit format
CN103582011A (en) * 2012-07-26 2014-02-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System and method for conducting multi-network combination transmission and user equipment

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107484160A (en) * 2016-06-07 2017-12-15 ***通信有限公司研究院 Data aggregation method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105557017B (en) 2019-10-01
CN105557017A (en) 2016-05-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11438941B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
KR102261172B1 (en) Communication method and device
JP7043506B2 (en) Multi-technology aggregation architecture for long-term evolution communication systems
US9414281B2 (en) Data transmission method, offloading point device, user equipment, and system
KR102092563B1 (en) Method and aparatus for communication using wlan access point
KR20200074068A (en) A method for configuring ue-ambr
US11805564B2 (en) Multi-connectivity communication method and device
WO2013010420A1 (en) Wireless broadband communication method, device, and system
CN113709909B (en) Multi-connection communication method and equipment
GB2522665A (en) Communication system
WO2011150774A1 (en) System for implementing mutiple radio access networks (rans) convergence and method thereof
US20180124857A1 (en) Radio access network device, data processing method, and ip packet processing method
CN110475381A (en) Communication means, equipment and system
WO2022052851A1 (en) Quality of service (qos) monitoring method
WO2014183617A1 (en) Method and apparatus for discovering relay node
KR20180088477A (en) A data transmission method and a base station, a data transmission method and a core node
WO2014101677A1 (en) Method, base station and system for sending rrc signaling
WO2016049806A1 (en) Distribution method and apparatus
WO2012116623A1 (en) Mobile communication system and networking method
US9839062B2 (en) Short range communications method, device, and system
WO2016119441A1 (en) Service migration method and apparatus
WO2016029409A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2014026390A1 (en) Method, device, and system for establishing radio bearer
WO2012174889A1 (en) Method for transmitting data in joint transmission, network element side and user equipment
WO2017193402A1 (en) Data transmission method, device, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480022009.0

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14900749

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14900749

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1